CHAPTER 17CHAPTER 17
3
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.1
It is known that 1500 revolutions are required for the 3000 kg flywheel to coast to rest from an angular velocity
of 300 rpm. Knowing that the radius of gyration of the flywheel is 1 m determine the average magnitude of the
couple due to kinetic friction in the bearings.
SOLUTION
Angular velocity: w p
pw
0 3002
60
10
0
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
==
rpm
rad
2
Moment of inertia: I mk= =
= ◊
2 23000 1
3000
( ) ( )kg m
kg m2
Kinetic energy: T I
T
1 02
2
6
2
1
2
1
23000 10
1 48044 10
0
=
=
= ¥ ◊=
w
p( )( )
. N m
Work: U MM
M
1 2
1500 2
9424 8
Æ = -= -= -
qp( )( )
.
rev rad/rev
Principle of work and energy: T U T
M1 1 2 2
61 48044 10 9424 8 0
+ =
¥ - =Æ
. .
Average friction couple: M = ◊157 08. N m M = ◊157 1. N m �
4
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.2
The rotor of an electric motor has an angular velocity of 3600 rpm when the load and power are cut off.
The 50-kg rotor, which has a centroidal radius of gyration of 180 mm, then coasts to rest. Knowing that the
kinetic friction of the rotor produces a couple of magnitude 3 5. ,N m◊ determine the number of revolutions that
the rotor executes before coming to rest.
SOLUTION
Angular velocity: w p
pw
0 36002
60
120
0
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
==
rpm
rad/s
2
Moment of inertia: I mk=
=
= ◊
2
250 0 180
1 620
( )( . )
.
kg m
kg m2
Kinetic energy: T I
T
1 02
2
2
1
2
1
21 620 120
115 12
0
=
=
==
w
p( . )( )
. ,kJ
Work: U M1 2
3 5
Æ = -= - ◊
qq( . )N m
Principle of work and energy:
T U T1 1 2 2 115 12 3 5 0+ = - ◊ =Æ : . ( . )kJ N m q
Rotation angle: q = ¥32 891 103. rad q = 5230 rev �
5
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.3
Two disks of the same material are attached to a shaft as shown. Disk A is of radius r
and has a thickness b, while disk B is of radius nr and thickness 3b. A couple M of
constant magnitude is applied when the system is at rest and is removed after the
system has executed 2 revolutions. Determine the value of n which results in the
largest final speed for a point on the rim of disk B.
SOLUTION
For any disk: m r t
I mr
tr
=
=
=
r p
pr
( )2
2
4
1
2
1
2
Moment of inertia.
Disk A: I b rA = 1
2
4p r
Disk B: I b nr
n br
n II I I
n
B
A
A B
=
= ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
== +
= +
1
23
31
2
3
1 3
4
4 4
4
4
p r
pr
( )( )
(
total
))I A
Work-energy. T U M M
T I
1 1 2
2 22
0 4
1
2
= = =
=
Æ q p
w
( )rad
total
T U T M n I A1 1 2 24
220 4
1
21 3+ = + = +Æ : ( ) ( )p w
w p22
4
8
1 3=
+Mn I A( )
For Point D on rim of disk B
v nrD = ( )w2 or v n r MrI
nnD
A
2 2 222
2 2
4
8
1 3= = ◊
+w p
6
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.3 (Continued)
Value of n for maximum final speed.
For maximum v ddn
nnD :
2
41 30
+
Ê
ËÁˆ
¯̃=
1
1 312 1 3 2 0
12 2 6 0
2 3 1 0
4 2
2 3 4
5 5
4
( )[ ( ) ( )( )]
( )
+- + =
- - =
- =
nn n n n
n n n
n n
n = 0 and n = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=1
30 7598
0 25.
. n = 0 760. �
7
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.4
Two disks of the same material are attached to a shaft as shown. Disk A has a mass
of 15 kg and a radius r = 125 mm. Disk B is three times as thick as disk A. Knowing
that a couple M of magnitude 20 N ◊ m is to be applied to disk A when the system is
at rest, determine the radius nr of disk B if the angular velocity of the system is to be
600 rpm after 4 revolutions.
SOLUTION
For any disk: m r t
I mr
tr
=
=
=
r p
pr
( )2
2
4
1
2
1
2
Moment of inertia.
Disk A: I brA = 1
2
4pr
Disk B: I b nr
n br
n I
B
A
=
= ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
=
1
23
31
2
3
4
4 4
4
pr
pr
( )( )
I I I n IA B Atotal = + = +( )1 3 4 (1)
Angular velocity: ww
p
1
2
0
600
20
===
rpm
rad/s
Rotation: q p= =4 8rev rad
Kinetic energy: T
T I
1
2 22
0
1
2
=
= total w
Work: U M1 2
20 8
502 65
Æ == ◊=
qp( )( )
.
N m rad
J
8
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.4 (Continued)
Principle of work and energy: T U T
I
I
1 1 2 2
20 502 651
220
0 25465
+ =
+ =
= ◊
Æ
. ( )
.
total
total2kg m
p
But, I m rA A A=
=
= ◊
1
2
1
215 0 125
0 117188
2
2( )( . )
.
kg m
kg m2
From (1) 0 25465 1 3 0 117188
0 390998
0 79076
4
4
. ( )( . )
.
.
= +
==
n
nn
Radius of disk B: r nrB A= = ( . )( )0 79076 125 mm rB = 98 8. mm �
9
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.5
The flywheel of a punching machine has a mass of 300 kg and a radius of gyration of 600 mm. Each punching
operation requires 2500 J of work. (a) Knowing that the speed of the flywheel is 300 rpm just before a punching,
determine the speed immediately after the punching. (b) If a constant 25-N ◊ m couple is applied to the shaft of
the flywheel, determine the number of revolutions executed before the speed is again 300 rpm.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mk=
=
= ◊
2
2300 0 6
108
( )( . )kg m
kg m2
Kinetic energy. Position 1. wp
w
p
1
1 12
2
3
300
10
1
2
1
2108 10
53 296 10
==
=
=
= ¥
rpm
rad/s
J
T I
( )( )
.
Position 2. T I2 22
221
254= =w w
Work. U1 2 2500Æ = - J
Principle of work and energy for punching.
T U T1 1 2 23
2253 296 10 2500 54+ = ¥ - =Æ : . w
(a) w22 940 66= .
w2 30 67= . rad/s w2 293= rpm �
Principle of work and energy for speed recovery.
T U TU
MU M
2 2 1 1
2 1
2 1
2500
25
2500 25 100
+ === ◊= = =
Æ
Æ
Æ
J
N m
radq q q
(b) q = 15 92. rev �
10
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.6
The flywheel of a small punching machine rotates at 360 rpm. Each punching operation requires 2250 N ◊ m
of work and it is desired that the speed of the flywheel after each punching be not less than 95 percent of the
original speed. (a) Determine the required moment of inertia of the flywheel. (b) If a constant 27 N ◊ m couple
is applied to the shaft of the flywheel, determine the number of revolutions that must occur between two
successive punchings, knowing that the initial velocity is to be 360 rpm at the start of each punching.
SOLUTION
Angular speeds. w pw ww p
1
2 1
2
360 12
0 95
11 4
= ===
rpm rad/s
rad/s
.
.
Work. U1 2 2250Æ = ◊N m
Principle of work and energy for punching
T U T
I U I
1 1 2 2
12
1 2 221
2
1
2
+ =
+ =
Æ
Æw w
(a) Solving for I IU
=-
-Æ2 1 2
22
12w w
= - --
= ◊( )( )
( ) ( . ).
2 2250
12 11 432 475
2 2
2
p pkg m I = ◊32 5. kg m2 �
Principle of work and energy for speed recovery.
T U T2 2 3 3+ =Æ
But, T TU T T
T TU
3 1
2 3 3 2
1 2
1 2
2250
== -= -= -= ◊
Æ
Æ
N m
Work, U M2 3Æ = q
(b) q =
=
ÆUM2 3
2250
27
= 83 33. rad q = 13 26. rev �
11
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.7
Disk A is of constant thickness and is at rest when it is placed in contact
with belt BC, which moves with a constant velocity v. Denoting by mk
the coefficient of kinetic friction between the disk and the belt, derive an
expression for the number of revolutions executed by the disk before it attains
a constant angular velocity.
SOLUTION
Work of external friction force on disk A.
Only force doing work is F. Since its moment about A is M rF= , we have
U MrFr mgk
1 2Æ ===
qqm q( )
Kinetic energy of disk A.
Angular velocity becomes constant when w
w
2
1
2 22
22
2
0
1
2
1
2
1
2
4
=
=
=
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
vr
T
T I
mr vr
mv
Principle of work and energy for disk A.
T U T r mg mvk1 1 2 2
2
04
+ = + =Æ : m q
Angle change. qm
= vr gk
2
4rad q
p m= v
r gk
2
8rev �
12
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.8
Disk A, of weight 5 kg and radius r = 150 mm, is at rest when it is placed
in contact with belt BC, which moves to the right with a constant speed
v = 12 m/s. Knowing that mk = 0 20. between the disk and the belt, determine
the number of revolutions executed by the disk before it attains a constant
angular velocity.
SOLUTION
Work of external friction force on disk A.
Only force doing work is F. Since its moment about A is M rF= , we have
U MrFr mgk
1 2Æ ===
qqm q( )
Kinetic energy of disk A.
Angular velocity becomes constant when w
w
2
1
2 22
22
2
0
1
2
1
2
1
2
4
=
=
=
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
vr
T
T I
mr vr
mv
Principle of work and energy for disk A.
T U T r mg mvk1 1 2 2
2
04
+ = + =- : m q
Angle change qm
= vr gk
2
4rad q
p m= v
r gk
2
8rev
Data: r
vk
===
0 15
0 20
12
.
.
m
m/s
m
qp
=( )
( . )( . )( . )
12
8 0 15 0 20 9 81
2m/s
m m/s2 q = 19 47. rev �
13
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.9
Each of the gears A and B has a mass of 2.4 kg and a radius of
gyration of 60 mm, while gear C has a mass of 12 kg and a radius
of gyration of 150 mm. A couple M of constant magnitude 10 N ◊ m
is applied to gear C. Determine (a) the number of revolutions of
gear C required for its angular velocity to increase from 100 to
450 rpm, (b) the corresponding tangential force acting on gear A.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia.
Gears A and B: I I mkA B= = = = ¥ ◊-2 2 32 4 0 06 8 64 10( . )( . ) . kg m2
Gear C: IC = = ¥ ◊-( )( . )12 0 15 270 102 3 kg m2
Kinematics. r r rA A B B C C
A B C C
A B C
w w w
w w w w
q q q
= =
= = =
= =
200
802 5
2 5
.
.
Kinetic energy. T I= 1
2
2w :
Position 1. w p
w w p
C
A B
= =
= = =
10010
3
25025
3
rpm rad/s
rpm rad/s
Gear A: ( ) ( . ) .T A13
21
28 64 10
25
32 9609= ¥ Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
=- pJ
Gear B: ( ) ( . ) .T B13
21
28 64 10
25
32 9609= ¥ Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
=- pJ
Gear C: ( ) ( ) .T C13
21
2270 10
10
314 8044= ¥ Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
=- pJ
System: T T T TA B C1 1 1 1 20 726= + + =( ) ( ) ( ) . J
Position 2. w pw w p
C
A B
= == =
450 15
37 5
rpm rad/s
rad/s.
Gear A: ( ) ( . )( . ) .T A23 21
28 64 10 37 5 59 957= ¥ =- p J
14
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.9 (Continued)
Gear B: ( ) ( . )( . ) .T B23 21
28 64 10 37 5 59 957= ¥ =- p J
Gear C: ( ) ( )( ) .T C23 21
2270 10 15 299 789= ¥ =- p J
System: T T T TA B C2 2 2 2 419 7= + + =( ) ( ) ( ) . J
Work of couple. U M C C1 2 10Æ = =q q
Principle of work and energy for system.
T U T C1 1 2 2 20 726 10 419 7+ = + =Æ : . .q
qC = 39 898. radians
(a) Rotation of gear C. qC = 6 35. rev �
Rotation of gear A. qA ==
( . )( . )
.
2 5 39 898
99 744 radians
Principle of work and energy for gear A.
( ) ( ) : . ( . ) .T M T MA A A A A1 2 2 9609 99 744 59 957+ = + =q
M A = ◊0 57142. N m
(b) Tangential force on gear A. F Mrt
A
A= = 0 57142
0 08
.
. Ft = 7 14. N �
15
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia.
Gears A and B: I I mkA B= = = = ¥ ◊-2 2 32 4 0 06 8 64 10( . )( . ) . kg m2
Gear C: IC = = ¥ ◊-( )( . )12 0 15 270 102 3 kg m2
Kinematics. r r rA A B B C C
A B C C
A B C
w w w
w w w w
q q q
= =
= = =
= =
200
802 5
2 5
.
.
Kinetic energy. T I= 1
2
2w :
Position 1. w p
w w p
C
A B
= =
= = =
10010
3
25025
3
rpm rad/s
rpm rad/s
Gear A: ( ) ( . ) .T A13
21
28 64 10
25
32 9609= ¥ Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
=- pJ
Gear B: ( ) ( . ) .T B13
21
28 64 10
25
32 9609= ¥ Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
=- pJ
Gear C: ( ) ( ) .T C13
21
2270 10
10
314 8044= ¥ Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
=- pJ
System: T T T TA B C1 1 1 1 20 726= + + =( ) ( ) ( ) . J
PROBLEM 17.10
Solve Problem 17.9, assuming that the 10-N ◊ m couple is applied
to gear B.
PROBLEM 17.9 Each of the gears A and B has a mass of 2.4 kg and
a radius of gyration of 60 mm, while gear C has a mass of 12 kg and
a radius of gyration of 150 mm. A couple M of constant magnitude
10 N ◊ m is applied to gear C. Determine (a) the number of revolutions
of gear C required for its angular velocity to increase from 100 to
450 rpm, (b) the corresponding tangential force acting on gear A.
16
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.10 (Continued)
Position 2. w pw w p
C
A B
= == =
450 15
37 5
rpm rad/s
rad/s.
Gear A: ( ) ( . )( . ) .T A23 21
28 64 10 37 5 59 957= ¥ =- p J
Gear B: ( ) ( . )( . ) .T B23 21
28 64 10 37 5 59 957= ¥ =- p J
Gear C: ( ) ( )( ) .T C23 21
2270 10 15 299 789= ¥ =- p J
System: T T T TA B C2 2 2 2 419 7= + + =( ) ( ) ( ) . J
Work of couple. U M B B1 2 10Æ = =q q
Principle of work and energy for system.
T U T B1 1 2 2 20 726 10 419 7+ = + =Æ : . .q
qB = 39 898. radians
(a) Rotation of gear C. qC = =39 898
2 515 959
.
.. radians qC = 2 54. rev �
Rotation of gear A. q qA B= = 39 898. radians
Principle of work and energy for gear A.
( ) ( ) : . ( . ) .T M T MA A A A A1 2 2 9609 39 898 59 957+ = + =q
M A = ◊1 4285. N m
(b) Tangential force on gear A. F Mrt
A
A= = 1 4285
0 08
.
. Ft = 17 86. N �
17
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.11
The double pulley shown weighs 15 kg and has a centroidal
radius of gyration of 160 mm. Cylinder A and block B are
attached to cords that are wrapped on the pulleys as shown.
The coefficient of kinetic friction between block B and the
surface is 0.25. Knowing that the system is released from rest
in the position shown, determine (a) the velocity of cylinder A
as it strikes the ground, (b) the total distance that block B moves
before coming to rest.
SOLUTION
Let vA = speed of block A,vB = speed of block B, w = angular speed of pulley.
Kinematics. r rv rv r
A B
A A
B B
= == == =
0 25 0 15
0 25
0 15
. , .
.
.
m m
w ww w
s rs r
A A
B B
= == =
q qq q
0 25
0 15
.
.
(a) Cylinder A falls to ground. s
s
A
B
=
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
0 9
0 9
0 250 54
.
.
..
m
(0.15) m
Work of weight A: U m g sA A1 2 12 5 9 81 0 9Æ = =( ) ( . )( . )( . )
Normal contact force acting on block B: N m gB= = =( )( . ) .10 9 81 98 1 N
Friction force on block B: F Nf k= = =m ( . )( . ) .0 25 98 1 24 525 N
Work of friction force: U F sf B1 2 24 525 0 54 13 2435Æ = - = - = - ◊( . )( . ) . N m
Total work: U1 2 110 3625 13 2435 97 119Æ = - = ◊. . . N m
Kinetic energy: T T m v I m vA A B B1 22 2 20
1
2
1
2
1
2= = + +; w
T m r m k m rA A C B B22 2 2 2 2 2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
212 5 0 25 15 0 16
= + +
= +
w w w
( . ) ( . ) ( ) ( . )22 2 2
2
10 0 15
0 695125
+ÈÎ ˘̊
=
( ) ( . )
.
w
w
18
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.11 (Continued)
Principle of work and energy.
T U T1 1 220 97 119 0 695125+ = + =Æ : . . w
w = 11 820. rad/s2
Velocity of cylinder A: vA = ( . )( . )0 25 11 820 vA = 2 96. m/s Ø �
(b) Block B comes to rest.
For block B and pulley C. T I m v TB B32 2
4
1
2
1
20= + =w ; :
T m k m rC B B32 2 2 2
2 2
1
2
1
2
1
215 0 16 10 0 15 11 820
= +
= +ÈÎ ˘̊
w w
( )( . ) ( )( . ) ( . ))
.
2
42 5424= ◊ N m
Work of friction force: U F s sf B B3 4 24 525Æ = - ¢ = - ¢.
Principle of work and energy.
T U T sB3 3 4 4 42 5424 24 525 0+ = - ¢ =Æ : . .
¢ =sB 1 7347. m
Total distance for block B. d s s dB B= + ¢ = + =: . . .0 54 1 7347 2 2747 m d = 2 27. m �
19
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.12
The 160 mm-radius brake drum is attached to a larger flywheel that is
not shown. The total mass moment of inertia of the flywheel and drum
is 20 2kg m◊ and the coefficient of kinetic friction between the drum and
the brake shoe is 0.35. Knowing that the initial angular velocity of the
flywheel is 360 rpm counterclockwise, determine the vertical force P that
must be applied to the pedal C if the system is to stop in 100 revolutions.
SOLUTION
Kinetic energy. w pw
w
p
1
2
1 12
2
360 12
0
1
2
1
220 12
14 212 23
= ==
=
=
= ◊
rpm rad/s
N
T I
( )( )
, . mm
T2 0=
Work. q p
q
= == =
= - = -Æ
( )( ) .
( . )
( . )(
100 2 628 32
0 16
0 161 2
rad
mM F r FU M F
D f f
D f 6628 32
100 531
. )
.= - Ff
Principle of work and energy.
T U T Ff1 1 2 2 14 212 23 100 531 0+ = - =Æ : , . .
Ff = 141 371. N
Kinetic friction force. F N
NF
f k
f
k
=
= = =
m
m141 371
0 35403 918
.
.. N
Statics. + SM P F NA f= + - =0 180 40 200 0: ( ) ( ) ( )mm mm mm
180 40 141 371 200 403 918 0
417 38
PP
+ - ==
( )( . ) ( )( . )
. N P = 417 N Ø �
20
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.13
Solve Problem 17.12, assuming that the initial angular velocity of the
flywheel is 360 rpm clockwise.
PROBLEM 17.12 The 160-mm-radius brake drum is attached to a
larger flywheel that is not shown. The total mass moment of inertia of
the flywheel and drum is 20 2kg m◊ and the coefficient of kinetic friction
between the drum and the brake shoe is 0.35. Knowing that the initial
angular velocity of the flywheel is 360 rpm counterclockwise, determine
the vertical force P that must be applied to the pedal C if the system is to
stop in 100 revolutions.
SOLUTION
Kinetic energy. w pw
w
p
1
2
1 12
2
360 12
0
1
2
1
220 12
14 212 23
= ==
=
=
=
rpm rad/s
N
T I
( )( )
, . ◊◊=
m
T2 0
Work. q p
q
= == =
= - = -Æ
( )( ) .
( . )
( . )(
100 2 628 32
0 16
0 16 61 2
rad
M F r FU M F
D f f
D f 228 32
100 531
. )
.= - Ff
Principle of work and energy.
T U T Ff1 1 2 2 14 212 23 100 531 0+ = - =Æ : , . .
Ff = 141 371. N
Kinetic friction. F N NF
f kf
k= = = =m
m:
.
..
141 371
0 35403 918 N
Statics. + + = - - =SM P F NA f0 180 40 200 0: ( ) ( ) ( )mm mm mm
180 40 141 371 200 403 918 0
480 21
PP
- - ==
( )( . ) ( )( . )
. N P = 480 N Ø �
21
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.14
The gear train shown consists of four gears of the same thickness
and of the same material; two gears are of radius r, and the other
two are of radius nr. The system is at rest when the couple M0
is applied to shaft C. Denoting by I0 the moment of inertia of a
gear of radius r, determine the angular velocity of shaft A if the
couple M0 is applied for one revolution of shaft C.
SOLUTION
Mass and moment of inertia:
For a disk of radius r and thickness t: m r t tr
I mr r r tr
= =
= = + =
r p rp
rp rp
( )
( )
2 2
02 2 2 41
2
1
2
1
2
For a disk of radius nr and thickness t, I t nr I n I= =1
2
4 40rp ( )
Kinematics: If for shaft A we have w A
Then, for shaft B we have w wB A n= /
And, for shaft C we have w wC A n= / 2
Principle of work-energy:
Couple M0 applied to shaft C for one revolution. q p= 2 radians, T1 0= ,
U M M M
T I w IA A B B
1 2 0 0 0
22
2 2
1
2
1
2
- = = =
= +
q p p
w
( )
( ) ( )
radians
shaft shaft22 2
02
04
0
24
0
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
+
= + + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+
( )
( ) ( )
I
I w I n In
n I
C C
AA A
shaft w
w wnn
I nn
I nn
A
A
2
2
02 2
2
02
2
1
22
1
1
2
1
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= + +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
w
w
T U T M I nnA1 1 2 2 0 0
22
0 21
2
1+ = + = +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃- : p w
Angular velocity. wp
A
n
MI n
2 0
0 12
4 1=+( )
wp
An
nMI
=+
2
12
0
0
�
22
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.15
The three friction disks shown are made of the same
material and have the same thickness. It is known that disk A
weighs 6 kg and that the radii of the disks are rA = 200 mm,
rB = 150 mm, and rC = 100 mm. The system is at rest when a
couple M0 of constant magnitude 7 5. N m◊ is applied to disk A.
Assuming that no slipping occurs between disks, determine the
number of revolutions required for disk A to reach an angular
velocity of 150 rpm.
SOLUTION
Kinematics.
Denote velocity of perimeter by v.
Mass and moment of inertia of disks.
Denote mass density of material by r and thickness of disks by t.
Then mass of a disk is m r t= =( ) ( )volume r p r2
and I mr t r= =1
2 2
2 4pr
Kinetic energy: T I
T t r r r
t
A A B B C C
=
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ +ÈÎ ˘̊
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯
S 1
2
1
2 2
1
2 2
2
4 2 4 2 4 2
w
pr w w w
pr˜̃ +
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
È
ÎÍÍ
˘
˚˙˙
r r rr
r rrA A B
A
BA C
A
CA
4 2 4
2
2 4
2
2w w w
T t r r r rAA A B C=
Ê
ËÁˆ
¯̃+ +ÈÎ ˘̊1
2 2
22 2 2 2pr w
(1)
23
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.15 (Continued)
Recall that m r tA A= p r2 and write
Eq. (1) as: T r t r r r
T m r rr
rr
A A B C
A AB
A
C
A
= ( ) + +( )
= +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ÊËÁ
ˆ
1
4
1
41
2 2 2 2
2
2
p r
( )¯̃̄
È
ÎÍÍ
˘
˚˙˙
2
2w A
Data: w p pA
A A B Cm r r r
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
= = = =
1502
605
6 0 2 0 15 0 1
rpm rad/s
kg m, m, m, . . .
MM = ◊7 5. N m
Work: U M1 2 7 5- = = ◊q q( . )N m
Principle of work and energy for system:
T U T1 1 2 2
22 2
0 7 51
46 0 2 1
0 15
0 2
0 1
0 2
+ =
+ = + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
Æ
. ( )( . ).
.
.
.q
ÈÈ
ÎÍÍ
˘
˚˙˙
= + +ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
=
( )
. . ( )
. .
5
7 5 0 06 19
16
1
425
7 5 26 833
2
2
p
q p
q
qp
=ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
3 57772
0 5694
.
.
radrev
rad
rev q = 0 569. rev �
24
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.16
A slender 4-kg rod can rotate in a vertical plane about a pivot at B. A spring
of constant k = 400 N/m and of unstretched length 150 mm is attached to
the rod as shown. Knowing that the rod is released from rest in the position
shown, determine its angular velocity after it has rotated through 90°.
SOLUTION
Position 1:
Spring: x CD
Ve
1 150 370 150 220 0 22= - = - = =( ) .mm mm m
Unstretched Length674 84
== = =1
2
1
2400 0 22 9 681
2 2kx ( )( . ) .N/m m J
Gravity: V Wh mghV V V
g
e g
= = = =
= + = +
( )( . )( . ) .
. .
4 9 81 0 18 7 063
9 68 7 06
2
1
kg m/s m J
J 33 16 743J J= .
Kinetic energy: T1 0=
Position 2:
Spring: x
V kxe
2
22 2
230 150 80 0 08
1
2
1
2400 0 08 1 28
= - = =
= = =
mm mm mm m
N/m m
.
( )( . ) . JJ
Gravity: V WhV V V
g
e g
= =
= +
=
0
1 28
2
. J
25
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.16 (Continued)
Kinetic energy: v r
I mL
T mv
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2
0 18
1
12
1
124 0 6 0 12
1
2
= =
= = = ◊
=
w w( . )
( )( . ) .
m
kg m kg m
2222
22
22
2 22
1
2
1
24 0 18
1
20 12
0 1248
+
= +
=
I
T
w
w w
w
( )( . ) ( . )
.
kg
Conservation of energy:
T V T V1 1 2 2
22
22
2
0 16 743 0 1248 1 28
123 9
11 131
+ = +
+ = +
==
. . .
.
.
J J
rad/
w
ww ss w2 11 13= . rad/s �
26
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
Position 1:
Spring: x CD
Ve
1 150 370 150 220 0 22= - = - = =( ) .mm mm m
Unstretched Length674 84
== = =1
2
1
2400 0 22 9 681
2 2kx ( )( . ) .N/m m J
Gravity: V Wh mghV V V
g
e g
= = = - = -
= + = -
( )( . )( . ) .
. .
4 9 81 0 22 7 063
9 68 7
2
1
kg m/s m J
J 0063 2 617J J= .
Kinetic energy: T1 0=
Position 2:
Spring: x
V kxe
2
22 2
230 150 80 0 08
1
2
1
2400 0 08 1 28
= - = =
= = =
mm mm mm m
N/m m
.
( )( . ) . JJ
Gravity: V WhV V V
g
e g
= =
= +
=
0
1 28
2
. J
PROBLEM 17.17
A slender 4-kg rod can rotate in a vertical plane about a pivot at B. A spring
of constant k = 400 N/m and of unstretched length 150 mm is attached to
the rod as shown. Knowing that the rod is released from rest in the position
shown, determine its angular velocity after it has rotated through 90°.
27
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.17 (Continued)
Kinetic energy: v r
I mL
T mv
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2
0 18
1
12
1
124 0 6 0 12
1
2
= =
= = = ◊
=
w w( . )
( )( . ) .
m
kg m kg m
2222
22
22
2 22
1
2
1
24 0 18
1
20 12
0 1248
+
= +
=
I
T
w
w w
w
( )( . ) ( . )
.
kg
Conservation of energy:
T V T V1 1 2 2
22
22
2
0 2 617 0 1248 1 28
10 713
3 273
+ = +
+ = +
==
. . .
.
.
J J
rad/s
w
ww w2 3 27= . rad/s �
28
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.18
A slender rod of length l and weight W is pivoted at one end as shown. It is
released from rest in a horizontal position and swings freely. (a) Determine
the angular velocity of the rod as it passes through a vertical position and
determine the corresponding reaction at the pivot, (b) Solve Part a for
W = 10 N and l = 1 m.
SOLUTION
Position 1: v
T
v l
1
1
1
2 2
0
0
0
2
===
=
w
w
Position 2: T mr I
m l ml
T ml
2 22
22
2
22
22
22
1
2
1
2
1
2 2
1
2
1
12
1
6
= +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
w w
w222
Work: U mg l1 2
2Æ =
Principle of work and energy: T U T
mg l ml
1 1 2 2
2220
2
1
6
+ =
+ =
Æ
w
(a) Expressions for angular velocity and reactions.
w
w
22
22
3
2 2
3 3
2
=
= = ◊ =
gl
a l l gl
g
w2
3= gl
�
+ S SF F A W ma= - =( )eff :
A mg m g
A mg
- =
=
3
2
5
2 A = ≠5
2W �
29
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.18 (Continued)
(b) Application of data:
W lgl
g= =
= = =
10 1
3 3
129 432
2
N m
rad /s2 2
,
.w w2 5 42= . rad/s �
A W= = =5
2
5
210 25( )N N A = 25 0. N ≠ �
30
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.19
A slender rod of length l is pivoted about a Point C located at a distance b from
its center G. It is released from rest in a horizontal position and swings freely.
Determine (a) the distance b for which the angular velocity of the rod as it
passes through a vertical position is maximum, (b) the corresponding values
of its angular velocity and of the reaction at C.
SOLUTION
Position 1. v T= = =0 0 01, wElevation: h V mgh= = =0 0 1
Position 2. v b
I ml
T mv I
m b l
2 2
2
2 22
22
2 222
1
12
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
12
=
=
= +
= +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
w
w
w
Elevation: h b V mgb= - = - 2
Principle of conservation of energy.
T V T V m b l mgb1 1 2 22 2
220 0
1
2
1
12+ = + + = +Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
-: w
w22
2 112
2
2=+gb
b l
(a) Value of b for maximumw2.
ddb
bb l
b l b b
b lb
2 112
2
2 112
2
2 112
22
22
0+
Ê
ËÁ
ˆ
¯˜ =
+( ) - ( )+( )
= == 1
12
2l b l=12
�
(b) Angular velocity. w22 12
12 12
2
12
2 2=
+
=
g
gl
l
l l
w21 412= / g
l w2 1 861= .
gl
�
31
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.19 (Continued)
Reaction at C. a bl g
lg
n =
=
=
w22
1212
+ SF ma C mg mgy n y= - =:
C mgy = 2
+ SM mba IC t= + a : 0 2= +( )mb I a
a = =0 0, at
+ SF max t= : C max t= - = 0 C = 2mg ≠�
32
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
Position 1. (Directly above the bar).
Elevation: h1 1= m
Potential energy: V mgh1 1 80 9 81 1 784 8= = = ◊( )( . )( ) .kg m/s m N m2
Speeds: w1 10 0= =, v
Kinetic energy: T1 0=
(a) Position 2. (Body at level of bar after rotating 90∞).
Elevation: h2 0= .
Potential energy: V2 0=
Speeds: v2 21= ( ) .m w
Kinetic energy: T mv mk
T
2 22 2
22
2 22 2
22
22
1
2
1
2
1
280
1
280 0 4
46 4
= +
= +
=
w
w w
w
( ) ( )( . )
.
Principle of conservation of energy.
T V T V1 1 2 2 220 784 8 46 4+ = + + =: . . w
w22 16 9138= .
w2 4 11264= . rad/s w2 4 11= . rad/s �
PROBLEM 17.20
An 80-kg gymnast is executing a series of full-circle swings
on the horizontal bar. In the position shown he has a small
and negligible clockwise angular velocity and will maintain his
body straight and rigid as he swings downward. Assuming that
during the swing the centroidal radius of gyration of his body
is 0.4 m determine his angular velocity and the force exerted on
his hands after he has rotated through (a) 90°, (b) 180°.
33
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.20 (Continued)
Kinematics: at = ( )( )1 a
an = = ¨( )( ) .1 16 913822w m/s2
+ S SM M0 0
280 9 81 1 80 1 1 80 0 4= ( ) = +eff
: ( )( . )( ) ( )( )( )( ) ( )( . ) ( )a a
a = =8 4569 8 4569. . rad/s m/s2 2at
+ SF max n= : Rx = =( )( . ) .80 16 9138 1353 1 N
+SF may t= - : Ry - = - ≠( )( . ) ( )( . )80 9 81 80 8 4569
Ry = 108 248. N ≠ R = 1357 N 4.57∞ �
(b) Position 3. (Directly below bar after rotating 180∞).
Elevation: h3 1= - m.
Potential energy: V Wh3 3 80 9 81 1 784 8= = - = - ◊( )( . )( ) . N m
Speeds: v3 31= ( ) .w
Kinetic energy: T3 3246 4= . w
Principle of conservation of energy.
T V T V1 1 3 3 320 784 8 46 4 784 8+ = + + = -: . . .w
w32 = 33.828 rad /s2 2 w3 5 82= . rad/s �
Kinematics: an = = ≠( )( . ) .1 33 828 33 828 m/s2
From S S SM M Fx0 0 0= =( )eff and ,
a = = =0 0 0, a Rt x
+SF ma Ry n y= - =: ( )( . ) ( )( . )80 9 81 80 33 828
Ry = 3491 04. N R = 3490 N ≠ �
34
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.21
Two identical slender rods AB and BC are welded together to
form an L-shaped assembly. The assembly is pressed against a
spring at D and released from the position shown. Knowing that
the maximum angle of rotation of the assembly in its subsequent
motion is 90° counterclockwise, determine the magnitude of the
angular velocity of the assembly as it passes through the position
where rod AB forms an angle of 30° with the horizontal.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia about B. I m l m lB AB BC= +1
3
1
3
2 2
Position 2. q = ∞= +
= ∞ + - ∞ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
30
230
230
2 2 2V W h W h
W l W lAB AB BC BC
AB BC
( ) ( )
sin cos
TT I m m lB AB BC2 22 2
221
2
1
6= = +w w( )
Position 3. q = ∞
= =
90
203 3V W l TAB
Conservation of energy.
T V T V2 2 3 3+ = + :
1
6 230
230 0
2
222( ) sin cosm m l W l W l W l
AB BC AB BC AB+ + ∞ - ∞ = +w
w22 3 1 30 30
3
21 30 30
= ◊- ∞ + ∞
+
= - ∞ + ∞
lW W
m mgl
AB BC
AB BC
( sin ) cos
[ sin cos ]]
. ..
..= = =2 049 2 049
9 81
0 450 25
gl
w2 7 09= . rad/s �
35
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.22
A collar with a mass of 1 kg is rigidly attached at a distance
d = 300 mm from the end of a uniform slender rod AB. The rod has
a mass of 3 kg and is of length L = 600 mm. Knowing that the rod
is released from rest in the position shown, determine the angular
velocity of the rod after it has rotated through 90°.
SOLUTION
Kinematics.
Rod v LR =
2w
Collar v dC = w
Position 1. w == =
0
0 01 1T V
Position 2. T m v I m v
m L m L
R R R C C
R R
22 2 2
22 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2 2
1
2
1
12
= + +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
w
w w ++
= +
= - -
1
2
1
6
1
2
2
2 2
2 2 2 2
2
m d
m L m d
V W d W L
C
R C
C R
w
w w
T V T V m L m d W d W LR C C R1 1 2 2
2 2 201
6
1
2 2+ = + + = +Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
- -: 0 w
w2
2 2 2 2
3 2
3
3 2
3=
++
=+
+( ) ( )W d W Lm d m L
g m d m Lm d m L
C C
C R
C R
C R (1)
Data: m d m LC R= = = =1 3 0 6 kg, 0.3 m, kg, m.
From Eq. (1), w2
2 23 9 81
2 1 0 3 3 0 6
3 1 0 3 3 0 6= +
+È
ÎÍ
˘
˚˙( . )
( )( )( . ) ( . )
( )( . ) ( . )
= 52 32. w = 7 23. rad/s �
36
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.23
A collar with a mass of 1 kg is rigidly attached to a slender rod AB
of mass 3 kg and length L = 600 mm. The rod is released from
rest in the position shown. Determine the distance d for which the
angular velocity of the rod is maximum after it has rotated 90°.
SOLUTION
Kinematics.
Rod v LR =
2w
Collar v dC = w
Position 1. w == =
0
0 01 1T V
Position 2. T m v I m v
m L m L
R R R C C
R R
22 2 2
22 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2 2
1
2
1
12
= + +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
w
w w ++
= +
= - -
+ = + + =
1
2
1
6
1
2
2
01
6
2 2
2 2 2 2
2
1 1 2 2
m d
m L m d
V W d W L
T V T V
C
R C
C R
w
w w
: 0 mm L m d W d W LR C C R
2 2 21
2 2+Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
- -w
w2
2 2 2 2
3 2
3
3 2
3=
++
=+
+( ) ( )W d W Lm d m L
g m d m Lm d m L
C C
C R
C R
C R (1)
Let x dL
= .
w2
2
32
3
= ◊+
+
gL
x mm
x mm
R
C
R
C
Data: m m
Lg
xx
C R= =
= ++
1 3
3
2 3
3 3
2
2
kg, kg
w
37
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.23 (Continued)
L gw2 3/ is maximum. Set its derivative with respect to x equal to zero.
ddx
Lg
x x xx
x x
w2 2
2 2
2
3
3 3 2 2 3 6
3 30
6 18 6 0
Ê
ËÁˆ
¯̃= + - +
+=
- - + =
( )( ) ( )( )
( )
Solving the quadratic equation
x x= - =3 30 0 30278. .and
d L===
0 30278
0 30278 0 6
0 1817
.
( . )( . )
. m d = 181 7. mm �
38
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.24
A 20-kg uniform cylindrical roller, initially at rest, is acted upon by a 90-N
force as shown. Knowing that the body rolls without slipping, determine
(a) the velocity of its center G after it has moved 1.5 m, (b) the friction force
required to prevent slipping.
SOLUTION
Since the cylinder rolls without slipping, the point of contact with the ground is the instantaneous center.
Kinematics: v r= wPosition 1. At rest. T1 0=
Position 2. s v vvr
T mv I
mv mrvr
GG
GG
= = =
= +
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ
1 5
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
22 2
2 2
. m w
w
¯̃̄
= = =
2
2 2 23
4
3
420 15mv v vG G G( )
Work: U Ps Ff1 2 90 1 5 135Æ = = =( )( . ) J. does no work.
(a) Principle of work and energy.
T U T vG1 1 2 220 135 15+ = + =Æ :
vG2 9= vG = Æ3 00. m/s
(b) Since the forces are constant, a a
av
s
G
GG
= =
=
=
=
constant
m/s2
2
2
9
2 1 5
3
( )( . )
+ SF ma P F max f= - =:
F P maf = -
= -90 20 3( )( ) Ff = ¨30 0. N �
39
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.25
A rope is wrapped around a cylinder of radius r and mass m as shown. Knowing that
the cylinder is released from rest, determine the velocity of the center of the cylinder
after it has moved downward a distance s.
SOLUTION
Point C is the instantaneous center.
v r vr
= =w w
Position 1. At rest. T1 0=
Position 2. Cylinder has fallen through distance s.
T mv I
mv mr vr
mv
22 2
2 22
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
= +
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
Work. U mgs1 2Æ =
Principle of work and energy.
T U T mgs mv1 1 2 220
3
4+ = + =Æ :
v gs2 4
3= v = 4
3
gs Ø �
40
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.26
Solve Problem 17.25, assuming that the cylinder is replaced by a thin-walled pipe of
radius r and mass m.
PROBLEM 17.25 A rope is wrapped around a cylinder of radius r and mass m as
shown. Knowing that the cylinder is released from rest, determine the velocity of the
center of the cylinder after it has moved downward a distance s.
SOLUTION
Point C is the instantaneous center.
v r vr
= =w w
Position 1. At rest. T1 0=
Position 2. Cylinder has fallen through distance s.
T mv I
mv mr vr
mv
22 2
2 22
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
= +
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
( )
Work. U mgs1 2Æ =
Principle of work and energy.
T U T mgs mv1 1 2 220+ = + =Æ :
v gs2 = v = Øgs �
41
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.27
The mass center G of a 3-kg wheel of radius R = 180 mm is located at a distance
r = 60 mm from its geometric center C. The centroidal radius of gyration of the wheel
is k = 90 mm. As the wheel rolls without sliding, its angular velocity is observed
to vary. Knowing that w = 8 rad/s in the position shown, determine (a) the angular
velocity of the wheel when the mass center G is directly above the geometric center C,
(b) the reaction at the horizontal surface at the same instant.
SOLUTION
v BG
vmk
1 1
2 2
2 2
0 18 0 06 8
8 0 036
0 24
3
0
=
= +
===
=
( )
( . ) ( . ) ( )
.
.
.
w
w m/s
kg
009 m
Position 1. V
T mv I
1
1 12
12
2 2 2
0
1
2
1
2
1
23 8 0 036
1
23 0 09 8
4 233
=
= +
= +
=
w
( )( . ) ( )( . ) ( )
. 66 J
Position 2. V Whmgh
T mv I
2
2 22
22
3 9 81 0 06
1 7658
1
2
1
2
1
23 0
====
= +
=
( )( . )( . )
.
( )( .
J
w
2241
23 0 09
0 09855
22 2
22
22
w w
w
) ( )( . )
.
+
=
42
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.27 (Continued)
(a) Conservation of energy.
T V T V1 1 2 2
22
22
2
4 2336 0 0 09855 1 7658
25 041
5 004
+ = +
+ = +
==
. . .
.
.
J J
w
ww rrad/s w2 5 00= . rad/s �
(b) Reaction at B.
+
ma m CG
F ma N m
n
y y
=
=
= Ø= -
( )
(
.
w22
3
4 5
kg)(0.06 m)(5.00 rad/s)
N
:
2
S gg man= -
N - = -( )( . ) .3 9 81 4 5 N = ≠24.9 N �
43
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.28
A collar B, of mass m and of negligible dimension, is attached to the rim of a
hoop of the same mass m and of radius r that rolls without sliding on a horizontal
surface. Determine the angular velocity w1 of the hoop in terms of g and r when B is directly above the center A, knowing that the angular velocity of the hoop is 3w1
when B is directly below A.
SOLUTION
The point of contact with ground is the instantaneous center.
Position 1. Point B is at the top.
w w w w
w
w w
= = =
= + +
= +
1 1 1
12 2 2
12
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
22
1
2
v r v r
T mv mv I
m r m r
B A
B A
( ) ( )) ( )2 212
212
1
2
3
+
=
mr
mr
w
w
Position 2. Point B is at the bottom.
w w w
w
w
= = =
= + +
= + +
2 2
22 2
22
22 2
0
1
2
1
2
1
2
01
2
1
2
v v r
T mv mv I
m r mr
B A
B A
( ) ( ))
( )
w
w
w
w
22
222
21
2
212
3
9
=
=
=
mr
mr
mr
Work. U mg h mgr1 2 2Æ = =( )D
Principle of work and energy.
T U T mr mgr m1 1 2 22
12
123 2 9+ = + =Æ : w w
w12
3= g
r w1 0 577= .
gr
�
44
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.29
A half section of pipe of mass m and radius r is released from rest in the position
shown. Knowing that the pipe rolls without sliding, determine (a) its angular
velocity after it has rolled through 90°, (b) the reaction at the horizontal surface at
the same instant. [Hint: Note that GO r= 2 /p and that, by the parallel-axis theorem,
I mr m GO= -2 2( ) .]
SOLUTION
Position 1. w1 1 10 0 0= = =v T
Position 2. Kinematics: v AG r2 2 212= = -Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
( )wp
w
Moment of inertia: I mr m mr m r mr= - = - ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
2 2 22
2
20 6
21
4( . )
p p
Kinetic energy: T mv I
m r mr
2 22
22
22
22 2
2 22
1
2
1
2
1
21
2 1
21
4
1
= +
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
pw
pw
221
4 41
4
1
22
4
2
2 2
2
mr
mr
- +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÈÎÍ
˘˚˙
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
p p p
p
Work: U W OG mg r mgr1 2
2 2Æ = = =( )
p pPrinciple of work and energy: T U T
mg r mr
gr
1 1 2 2
222
22
2
02 1
22
4
2
11 7519
+ =
+ = -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=-( ) ◊ =
Æ
p pw
wp p
.ggr
45
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.29 (Continued)
(a) Angular velocity. w2 1 324= .gr
�
(b) Reaction at A.
Kinematics: Since O moves horizontally, ( )a y0 0=
ar g
rg
n =
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= ≠
( . )
.
.
0 6
21 7519
1 1153
22w
p
Kinetics:
+ S SF F A mg mgy y= - =( ) .eff : 1 1153 A = ≠2 12. mg �
46
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.30
Two uniform cylinders, each of mass m = 7 kg and radius r = 100 mm are
connected by a belt as shown. Knowing that the initial angular velocity of
cylinder B is 30 rad/s counterclockwise, determine (a) the distance through
which cylinder A will rise before the angular velocity of cylinder B is reduced
to 5 rad/s, (b) the tension in the portion of belt connecting the two cylinders.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. v rAB B= w
Point C is the instantaneous center of cylinder A.
w w
w w
AAB
B
A A B
vr
v r r
= =
= =
2
1
2
1
2
Moment of inertia. I Wg
r= 1
2
2
Kinetic energy.
Cyl B: 1
2
1
2
1
2
1
4
2 2 2 2 2I Wg
r Wg
rB B Bw w w=ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
Cyl A: 1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
2 22
22
mv I Wg
r Wg
rA A B B+ = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w w w
116
2 2Wg
r Bw
Total: T Wg
r B= 7
16
2 2w
(a) Distance h that cylinder A will rise.
Conservation of energy for system.
T V T V Wg
r Wg
r Wh
h rg
B B
B
1 1 2 22
12 2
22
2
1
7
160
7
16
7
16
+ = + + = +
=
: ( ) ( )
[( )
w w
w 222
2
22 27
16
0 1
9 8130 5
0 3902
-
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
-
=
( ) ]
( . )
( . )( )
.
wB
m h = 0 390. m �
47
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.30 (Continued)
(b) Tension in belt between the cylinders.
When cylinder A moves up a distance h, the belt moves up a distance 2h.
Work: U P h Wh1 2 2Æ = -( )
Principle of work and energy for cylinder A.
T U T Wg
r Ph Wh Wg
r
P W Wrg
B B1 1 2 22
12 2
22
2
3
162
3
16
1
2
3
32
+ = + - =
= -
Æ : ( ) ( )w w
hh
W W
W
B B( ) ( )
( )( . )
w w12
22
1
2
3
14
2
7
2
77 9 81
-ÈÎ ˘̊
= -
= = P = 19 62. N �
48
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.31
Two uniform cylinders, each of mass m = 7 kg and radius r = 100 mm
are connected by a belt as shown. If the system is released from rest,
determine (a) the velocity of the center of cylinder A after it has moved
through 1 m, (b) the tension in the portion of belt connecting the two
cylinders.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. v rAB B= w
Point C is the instantaneous center of cylinder A.
w w
w w
AAB
B
A A B
vr
v r r
= =
= =
2
1
2
1
2
Moment of inertia. I Wg
r= 1
2
2
Kinetic energy.
Cyl B: 1
2
1
2
1
2
1
4
2 2 2 2 2I Wg
r Wg
rB B Bw w w=ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
Cyl A: 1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
2 22
22
mv I Wg
r Wg
rA A B B+ = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w w w
116
2 2Wg
r Bw
Total: T Wg
r B= 7
16
2 2w
Position 1. Rest T V1 10 0= =
Position 2. Cylinder has fallen through. d = 1 m.
T Wg
r
V Wd
B22 2
2
7
16=
= -
w
49
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.31 (Continued)
Principle of conservation of energy: T V T VWg
r WdB
1 1 2 2
2 20 07
16
+ = +
+ = -w
where rgdrB
B
=
=
= ◊
==
0 1
16
7
16
7
9 81 1
0 1
2242 29
47 3528
2
2
2
.
( . )( )
( . )
.
.
m
rad
w
w //s
(a) Velocity of the center of cylinder A.
v rA B=
=
1
2
1
20 1 47 3528
w
( . )( . ) vA = Ø2 37. m/s �
(b) Tension in belt between the cylinders.
When cylinder A moves down a distance d, the belt moves down a distance 2d.
Work: U P d Wd1 22
2Æ = +( )
Principle of work and energy for cylinder A:
T U T P d Wd Wg
r
P W Wrg d
P
B
B
1 1 2 22 2
2 2
0 23
16
1
2
3
32
1
27 9
+ = - + =
= -
=
Æ : ( )
( )(
w
w
.. )( )( . )( . ) ( . )
( . )( )
. .
8132
7 9 81 0 1 2242 29
9 81 1
34 335 14 715 1
2
- 3
= - = 99 620.
P = 19 62. N �
50
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.32
The 5-kg rod BC is attached by pins to two uniform disks as
shown. The mass of the 150-mm-radius disk is 6 kg and that
of the 75-mm-radius disk is 1.5 kg. Knowing that the system is
released from rest in the position shown, determine the velocity
of the rod after disk A has rotated through 90°.
SOLUTION
Position 1. T1 0=
Position 2.
Kinematics.
v v vBE
v v v v
v vvCF
v
B AB AB AB
A B AB
C AB CC AB
= = = = =
= = =
w
w w
0 0752 2
0 075
.
.
m
mAAB = 0
Kinetic energy. T m v I m v m v IA A A A AB AB B B B B22 2 2 21
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2= + + + +w w
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+È1
22 2
1
26 0 15
0 07552 2
22( )( ) ( )( . )
.( )m/s kg m kgv v vAB
ABAB
ÎÎÍÍ
+ + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
˘
˚˙˙
=
( . )( ) ( . )( . ).
1 51
21 5 0 075
0 075
1
2
22
kg kg mv vAB
AB
224 12 5 1 5 0 75
21 625
2
22
+ + + +[ ]=
. .
.
v
T v
AB
AB
51
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.32 (Continued)
Work: U W
U
AB1 2
1 2
0 1125 0 075
5 9 81 0 0375
1 8394
Æ
Æ
= -==
( . . )
( )( . )( . )
.
m m
kg m
J
Principle of work and energy: T U T
v
vv
AB
AB
AB
1 1 2 2
2
2
0 1 8394 21 625
0 08506
0 2916
+ =
+ =
==
Æ
. .
.
.
J
m
Velocity of the rod. vAB = Æ292 mm/s �
52
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.33
The 9-kg cradle is supported as shown by two uniform disks that roll
without sliding at all surfaces of contact. The mass of each disk is
m = 6 kg and the radius of each disk is r = 80 mm. Knowing that the
system is initially at rest, determine the velocity of the cradle after it
has moved 250 mm.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia. I I WrgA B= =
2
2
Kinematics. w wA BC
A B Cvr
v v v= = = =
Kinetic energy. T1 0=
T m v I m v I m v
m m m m m
A A A A B B B B C C22 2 2 2 21
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
= + + + +
= + + + +
w w
CC C
C C
C
C
v
m m v
v
v
ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
= +
= +
=
2
2
2
2
1
23
1
23 6 9
13 5
( )
[( )( ) ]
.
Work. U Fs1 2 30 0 25 7 5Æ = = =( )( . ) .N m J
Principle of work and energy. T U T vC1 1 2 220 7 5 13 5+ = + =Æ : . . vC = Æ0 745. m/s �
53
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.34
The 9-kg cradle is supported as shown by two uniform disks that roll
without sliding at all surfaces of contact. The mass of each disk is
m = 6 kg and the radius of each disk is r = 80 mm. Knowing that the
system is initially at rest, determine the velocity of the cradle after it
has moved 250 mm.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia. I I WrgA B= =
2
2
Kinematics. w wA BC
A B
vr
v v
= =
= = 0
Kinetic energy. T1 0=
T m v I m v I m v
m m m
A A A A B B B B C C22 2 2 2 21
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
20
1
20
1
2
= + + + +
= + + + +
w w
CC C
C C
C
C
v
m m v
v
v
ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
= +
= +
=
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
26 9
7 5
( )
( )
.
Work. U Fs1 2 30 0 25 7 5Æ = = =( )( . ) .N m J
Principle of work and energy. T U T vC1 1 2 220 7 5 7 5+ = + =Æ : . . vC = Æ1 000. m/s �
54
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.35
The 9-kg cradle is supported as shown by two uniform disks that roll
without sliding at all surfaces of contact. The mass of each disk is
m = 6 kg and the radius of each disk is r = 80 mm. Knowing that the
system is initially at rest, determine the velocity of the cradle after it
has moved 250 mm.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia. I I WrgA B= =
2
2
Kinematics. w wA BC
A B Cv
rv v v= = = =
2
1
2
Kinetic energy. T1 0=
T m v I m v I m v
m m m
A A A A B B B B C C22 2 2 2 21
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
8
1
4
1
= + + + +
= + + +
w w
88
1
20 75
1
20 75 6 9
6 75
2
2
2
2
m m v
m m v
v
v
C C
C C
C
C
+ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
= +
= +
=
( . )
[( . )( ) ]
.
Work. U Fs1 2 30 0 25 7 5Æ = = =( )( . ) .N m J
Principle of work and energy. T U T vC1 1 2 220 7 5 6 75+ = + =Æ : . . vC = Æ1 054. m/s �
55
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.36
The motion of the slender 10-kg rod AB is guided by collars of negligible
mass that slide freely on the vertical and horizontal rods shown. Knowing
that the bar is released from rest when q = 30°, determine the velocity of
collars A and B when q = 60°.
SOLUTION
Position 1: TV W
1
1
0
0 3
10 9 8 0 3
29 43
=== -= -
( . )
( )( . )( . )
.
m
kg
J
Position 2: V W
T mv I
2
2 22
0 5196
10 9 81 0 5196
50 974
1
2
1
2
= -= -= -
= +
( . )
( )( . )( . )
.
m
kg
J
ww
w w
w
22
22 2
22
22
1
210 0 6
1
2
1
210 1 2
2 4
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
( )( . ) ( )( . )
.
kg kg m
Principle of conservation of energy. T V T V1 1 2 2+ = +
0 29 43 2 4 50 974
8 9768
22
22
- = -
=
. . .
.
J w
w w2 2 996= . rad/s
Velocity of collars when q = ∞60
v ACA = = ¥( ) ( . )( . )w2 2 0 5196 2 996m rad/s vA = Æ3 11. m/s �
v BCB = = ¥( ) ( . )( . )w2 2 0 3 2 996m rad/s vB = Ø1 798. m/s �
56
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.37
The motion of the slender 10-kg rod AB is guided by collars of negligible
mass that slide freely on the vertical and horizontal rods shown. Knowing
that the bar is released from rest when q = 20°, determine the velocity of
collars A and B when q = 90°.
SOLUTION
Position 1: TV W
mg
1
1
0
0 2052
0 2052
== -= -
( . )
( . )
m
Position 2: V W mg
T m I
m m
2
2 22
22
22
0 6 0 6
1
2
1
2
1
20 6
1
2
1
121
= - = -
= +
= +
( . ) ( . )
( . ) ( .
m
v w
w 22
0 24
222
2 22
)
.
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
wT m
Principle of conservation of energy. T V T V
mg m mg
g
1 1 2 2
22
22
0 0 2052 0 24 0 6
1 645 1 645 9 81
+ = +
- = -
= =
. . .
. . ( . )
w
w ===
16 137
4 0172
.
.w rad/s
Velocity of collars when q = ∞90
v ABA = =( ) ( . )( . )w2 1 2 4 017m rad/s vA = Æ4 82. m/s �
vB = 0 vB = 0 �
57
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.38
The ends of a 4.5 kg rod AB are constrained to move along slots cut in a
vertical plane as shown. A spring of constant k = 600 N/m is attached to
end A in such a way that its tension is zero when q = 0 . If the rod is
released from rest when q = 0, determine the angular velocity of the rod
and the velocity of end B when q = ∞30 .
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. Rod. I mL= 1
12
2
Position 1. q w1 1 1
1
0 0 0= = ==
elevation above slot.
vh
elongation of spring.
he e
1
1 1
0
0
== =
T mv I
V ke Wh
1 12
12
1 12
1
1
2
1
20
1
20
= + =
= + =
w
Position 2. q = ∞30
e L Le L
h L L
V ke Wh
2
2
2
2 22
2
30
1 30
230
1
4
1
2
1
+ ∞ == - ∞
= - ∞ = -
= + =
cos
( cos )
sin
221 30
1
4
2 2k L WL( cos )- ∞ -
Kinematics. Velocities at A and B are directed as shown. Point C is the instantaneous center of rotation. From
geometry, b L=2
.
v b L
v L
T mv I
m L mL
B
= =
= ∞
= +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+
w w
w
w
w
2
30
1
2
1
2
1
2 2
1
2
1
12
22 2
22
( cos )
ÊÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= 1
6
2 2Wg
L w
58
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.38 (Continued)
Conservation of energy.
T V T V Wg
L kL WL
gL W
1 1 2 22 2 2 2
2
0 01
6
1
21 30
1
4
3 3
+ = + + = + - ∞ -
= -
: ( cos )w
w kg(( cos )1 30 2- ∞
Data: W
gLk
=
===
( . )( . )
.
.
4 5 9 81
9 81
0 6
600
N
m/s
m
N/m
2
w2 23 9 81
0 6
3 600 9 81
4 5 9 811 30
41 87
= - - ∞
=
( )( . )
( . )
( )( . )
( . )( . )( cos )
. 003 w = 6 47. rad/s �
vB = ∞( . )(cos )( . )0 6 30 6 4707 vB = 3 36. m/s �
59
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.39
The ends of a 4.5 kg rod AB are constrained to move along slots cut in a
vertical plate as shown. A spring of constant k = 600 N/m is attached to
end A in such a way that its tension is zero when q = 0. If the rod is
released from rest when q = ∞50 , determine the angular velocity of the
rod and the velocity of end B when q = 0.
SOLUTION
v L
v Lx L LB
2 2
2
1
2
50
0 6 1 50
0 21433
=
== - ∞= - ∞=
w
wcos
. ( cos )
.
m
m
Position 1. V W L kx
V
1 12
1
250
1
2
4 5 9 810 6
250
1
2600
= - ∞ +
= - ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
∞ +
sin
( . )( . ).
sin ( ))( . )
. .
.
0 21433
10 1451 13 7812
3 6361
0
2
1
= - += ◊=
N m
T
Position 2. V V V
T mv I
m L mL
g e2 2 2
2 22
22
2
22
0
1
2
1
2
1
2 2
1
2
1
12
= + =
= +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊË
( ) ( )
w
w ÁÁˆ¯̃
= = =
w
w w w
22
222 2
22
221
6
1
64 5 0 6 0 27mL ( . )( . ) .kg m
60
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.39 (Continued)
Conservation of energy: T V T V1 1 2 2
220 3 6361 0 27
+ = +
+ ◊ =. .N m w
ww
22
2
13 467
3 6697
==
.
.
rad /s
rad/s
2 2
w2 3 67= . rad/s �
Velocity of B: v LB = =w2 0 6 3 6697( . )( . )m rad/s
= 2 2018. m/s vB = ≠2 20. m/s �
61
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.40
The motion of the uniform rod AB is guided by small wheels of negligible
mass that roll on the surface shown. If the rod is released from rest when
q = 0, determine the velocities of A and B when q = ∞30 .
SOLUTION
Position 1. q
w
== ====
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
v v
TV
A B
Position 2. q = ∞30
Kinematics. Locate the instantaneous center C. Triangle ABC is equilateral.
v v Lv L
A B
G
= == ∞
ww cos30
Moment of inertia. I ml= 1
12
2
Kinetic energy. T mv I T m L mL
ml
G22 2
22 2 2
2
1
2
1
2
1
230
1
2
1
12
5
12
= + = ∞ + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w w w
w
: ( cos )
22
Potential energy. V mg L mgL22
301
4= - ∞ = -sin
Conservation of energy.
T V T V mL mgL1 1 2 22 20 0
5
12
1
4+ = + + = -: w
w
w
2 0 6
0 775
0 775
0 775
=
=
=
=
.
.
.
.
gL
gL
v gL
v gLA
B vA gL= ¨0 775. �
vB gL= 0 775. 60∞ �
62
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.41
The motion of a slender rod of length R is guided by pins at A and B which
slide freely in slots cut in a vertical plate as shown. If end B is moved
slightly to the left and then released, determine the angular velocity of the
rod and the velocity of its mass center (a) at the instant when the velocity
of end B is zero, (b) as end B passes through Point D.
SOLUTION
The rod AB moves from Position 1, where it is nearly vertical, to Position 2, where vB = 0.
In Position 2, vA is perpendicular to both CA and AB, so CAB is a straight line of length 2L and slope angle 30∞.
In Position 3 the end B passes through Point D.
Position 1: T V vh
mg R1 1
1
02
= = =
Position 2: Since instantaneous center is at B,
v R
T mv I
m R mR
2 2
2 22
22
2
22
22
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
12
=
= +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
w
w
w w
==
= =
1
6
4
222
2 2
mR
V Wh mg R
w
Position 3: V3 0=
Since both vA and vB are horizontal, w3 0= (1)
T mv3 221
2=
63
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.41 (Continued)
(a) From 1 to 2: Conservation of energy
T V T V mgR mR mgR
gR
gR
1 1 2 22
22
22
2
01
2
1
6
1
4
3
2
3
2
+ = + + = +
=
=
: w
w
w w2 1 225= .gR
�
v R gR gR2 2
1
2
1
2
3
2
3
8= = =w vR gR= 0 612. 60∞ �
(b) From 1 to 3: Conservation of energy
From Eq. (1) we have w3 0= �
T V T V mgR mv
v gR
1 1 3 3 32
32
01
2
1
2+ = + + =
=
:
v3 = ÆgR �
64
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.42
Two uniform rods, each of mass m and length L, are connected to form
the linkage shown. End D of rod BD can slide freely in the horizontal
slot, while end A of rod AB is supported by a pin and bracket. If end
D is moved slightly to the left and then released, determine its velocity
(a) when it is directly below A, (b) when rod AB is vertical.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia. I I mL
I mL
AB BD
A
= =
=
1
12
1
3
2
2
Position 1. At rest as shown. T1 0=
V mgh mgh
mg L
mgL
AB BC1
02
1
2
= +
= + -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= -
(a) Position 2. In Position 2, Point A is the instantaneous center of both AB and BD. Since Point B is
common to both bars,
w wwww
AB BD
D
G
v lv l
==== ∞
2
2
30cos
Kinetic energy.
T I mv I T mL m lA G BD2 22 2
22
22
22
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
3
1
23= + + = Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
+w w w w: ( cos 001
2
1
12
7
12
2 222
222
∞ + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
) mL
mL
w
w
Potential energy. V mgh mghAB BD2 = +
V mg L mg L
mgL
22
303
230= - ∞Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
+ - ∞ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= -
sin sin
65
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.42 (Continued)
Conservation of energy.
T V T V mgL mL mgL
gL
gL
v LD
1 1 2 22
22
22
2
2
01
2
7
12
6
7
0 926
+ = + - = -
=
=
= =
: w
w
w
w
.
00 926. gL vD gL= ¨0 926. �
(b) Position 3. In Position 3, bar BD is in translation.
v v L LD B AB= = =w w3
Kinetic energy.
T I mv T mL m L mLA B3 32 2
32
32
32 2
321
2
1
2
1
2
1
3
1
2
2
3= + = Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
+ =w w w w: ( )
Potential energy. V mg L mg L
mgL
32
3
2
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ -
= -
( )
Conservation of energy.
T V T V mgL mL mgL
gL
gL
v LD
1 1 3 32
32
32
3
3
01
2
2
3
3
2
3
2
1 225
+ = + - = -
=
=
=
: w
w
w
w
.
== 1 225. gL vD gL= 1 225. ¨ �
66
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.43
The uniform rods AB and BC have a mass of 1.2 kg and 2 kg,
respectively, and the small wheel at C is of negligible weight. If the
wheel is moved slightly to the right and then released, determine the
velocity of pin B after rod AB has rotated through 90∞.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia. mm
AB
BC
==
1 2
2
. kg
kg
Bar AB: I m LA AB AB= = = ◊1
3
1
31 2 0 45 0 0812 2 2( . )( . ) . kg m
Bar BC: I m LBC BC= = = ◊1
12
1
122 0 75 0 093752 2 2( )( . ) . kg m
Position 1. As shown with bar AB vertical. Point G is the midpoint of BC.
V W h W hAB AB BC BC1
1 2 9 810 45
22 9 81
0 45
2
= +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ( . )( . )
.( )( . )
.
¯̃̄= ◊7 0632. N m
Bar BC is at rest. w
w
BC
G B C
ABB
AB
v v v vvL
T
== = = =
= =
=
0
0
0
01
Position 2. Bar AB is horizontal.
V2 0=
67
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.43 (Continued)
Kinematics. w ABB
AB
BvL
v= =
0 45.
w
w w
BCB
BC
B
B
A AB BC BC
vL
v
v v
T I m v I
= =
=
= + +
=
0 75
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
20 081
22 2 2
.
( . )).
( ) ( . ).
v v vBB
B
0 45
1
22
1
2
1
20 09375
0 75
2 2 2ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= 00 53333 2. vB
Conservation of energy. T V T V vB1 1 2 220 7 0632 0 53333+ = + + =: . .
vB = 3 6392. m/s vB = 3 64. m/s Ø �
68
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.44
The uniform rods AB and BC have a mass 1.2 kg and 2 kg,
respectively, and the small wheel at C is of negligible weight.
Knowing that in the position shown the velocity of wheel C is 2 m/s
to the right, determine the velocity of pin B after rod AB has rotated
through 90°.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia.
Bar AB: I m LA AB AB= = = ◊1
3
1
31 2 0 45 0 0812 2 2( . )( . ) . kg m
Bar BC: I m LBC BC= = = ◊1
12
1
122 0 75 0 093752
2( )( . ) . kg m2
Position 1. As shown with bar AB vertical. Point G is the midpoint of BC.
V W h W hAB AB BC BC1
1 2 9 810 45
22 9 81
0 45
2
= +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ( . )( . )
.( )( . )
.
¯̃̄= ◊7 0632. N m
Kinematics, Bar BC is in translation. wBC = 0
v v v vvL
T I m
G B C
ABB
AB
A AB BC
= = = =
= = =
= +
2
2
0 45
40
9
1
2
1
21
2
m/s
rad/sw
w
.
vv I BC2 2
22
1
2
1
20 081
40
9
1
22 2 0
4 8
+
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ +
= ◊
w
( . ) ( )( )
. N m
Position 2. Bar AB is horizontal.
V2 0=
69
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.44 (Continued)
Kinematics. w ABB
AB
BvL
v= =
0 45.
w
w w
BCB
BC
B
B
A AB BC BC
vL
v
v v
T I m v I
= =
=
= + +
=
0 75
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
20 081
22 2 2
.
( . )).
( ) ( . ).
v v vBB
B
0 45
1
22
1
2
1
20 09375
0 75
2 2 2ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= 00 53333 2. vB
Conservation of energy. T V T V vB1 1 2 227 0632 4 8 0 53333 0+ = + + = +: . . .
vB = 4 716. 3 m/s vB = 4 72. m/s Ø �
70
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.45
The 4-kg rod AB is attached to a collar of negligible mass at A and to a flywheel
at B. The flywheel has a mass of 16 kg and a radius of gyration of 180 mm. Knowing
that in the position shown the angular velocity of the flywheel is 60 rpm clockwise,
determine the velocity of the flywheel when Point B is directly below C.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia.
Rod AB: I m LAB AB AB=
=
= ◊
1
12
1
124 0 72
0 1728
2
2
2
( )( . )
.
kg m
kg m
Flywheel: I mkC =
=
= ◊
2
2
2
16 0 18
0 5184
( )( . )
.
kg m
kg m
Position 1. As shown. w = w1
sin.
..
( . )cos .
(
b b
b
= = ∞
= =
==
0 12
0 7219 471
1
20 72 0 33941
4
1
1 1
h
V W hAB
m
))( . )( . )
.
9 81 0 33941
13 3185= J
Kinematics. v rB = =w w1 10 24.
Bar AB is in translation. w AB Bv v= =0,
T m v I IAB AB AB C12 2
12
12
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
24 0 24 0
1
20 5184
= + +
= + +
w w
w w( )( . ) ( . ) 22
120 3744= . w
71
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.45 (Continued)
Position 2. Point B is directly below C.
h L r
V W h
AB
AB
2
2 2
1
2
1
20 72 0 24
0 12
4 9 81 0 12
4
= -
= -
====
( . ) .
.
( )( . )( . )
.
m
77088 J
Kinematics. v rB = =w w2 20 24.
w w
w
w
ABB
B
AB AB AB C
v
v v
T m v I I
= =
= =
= + +
0 720 33333
1
20 12
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
22 2
..
.
ww
w w w
22
22
22
221
24 0 12
1
20 1728 0 33333
1
20 5184
0
= + +
=
( )( . ) ( . )( . ) ( . )
..2976 22w
Conservation of energy. T V T V1 1 2 2 12
220 3744 13 3185 0 2976 4 7088+ = + + = +: . . . .w w (1)
Angular speed data: w p1 60 2= =rpm rad/s
Solving Equation (1) for w2 , w2 8 8655= . rad/s w2 84 7= . rpm �
72
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.46
If in Problem 17.45 the angular velocity of the flywheel is to be the same in the
position shown and when Point B is directly above C, determine the required value
of its angular velocity in the position shown.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia.
Rod AB: I m LAB AB AB=
=
= ◊
2
21
124 0 72
0 1728
kg m
kg m2
( . )
.
Flywheel: I mkC =
=
= ◊
2
216 0 18
0 5184
kg m
kg m2
( . )
.
Position 1. As shown. w = w1
sin.
.
.
. cos .
( )(
b
b
b
=
= ∞
= =
= =
0 12
0 72
19 471
1
20 72 0 33941
4 9
1
1 1
h
V W hAB
m
.. )( . )
.
81 0 33941
13 3185=
Kinematics. v rB = =w w1 10 24.
73
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.46 (Continued)
Bar AB is in translation. w AB Bv v= =0,
T m v I IAB AB AB C12 2
12
12
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
24 0 24 0
1
20 55901
= + +
= + +
w w
w w( )( . ) ( . ) 112
120 3744= . w
Position 2. Point B is directly above C.
h L r
V W h
AB
AB
2
2 2
1
2
1
20 72 0 24
0 6
4 9 81 0 6
23 54
= +
= +
====
( . ) .
.
( )( . )( . )
.
m
44 J
Kinematics. v rB = =w w2 20 24.
w w
w
w
ABB
B
ABAB AB
v
v v
T Wg
v I I
= =
= =
= + +
0 720 33333
1
20 12
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
22 2
..
.
CCw
w w
22
22
221
2
8
32 20 500
1
20 186335 0 33333
1
20 5590
= +
+
.( . ) ( . )( . )
( . 11
0 320913
22
22
)
.
w
w=
Conservation of energy. T V T V1 1 2 2 12
220 3744 13 3135 0 2976 23 544+ = + + = +: . . . .w w (1)
Angular speed data: w w2 1=
Then, 0 0760 0 410512. .w = +
w1 11 602= . rad/s w1 110 8= . rpm �
74
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.47
The 80-mm-radius gear shown has a mass of 5 kg and a centroidal radius
of gyration of 60 mm. The 4-kg rod AB is attached to the center of the gear
and to a pin at B that slides freely in a vertical slot. Knowing that the
system is released from rest when q = ∞60 , determine the velocity of the
center of the gear when q = ∞20 .
SOLUTION
Kinematics. vA Av= ¨
vB Bv= Ø
Point D is the instantaneous center of rod AB.
wqq w q
wq
ABA
B AB A
G ABA
vL
v L v
v L v
=
= =
= =
cos
( sin ) tan
cos2 2
Gear A effectively rolls with slipping, with Point C being the contact point.
vC = 0
Angular velocity of gear w AAvr
= .
Potential energy: Use the level of the center of gear A as the datum.
V W L m gLAB AB= - ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= -2
1
2cos cosq q
Kinetic energy: T m v I m v IA A A A AB AB AB= + + +1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2 2 2 2w wq
Masses and moments of inertia: m mA AB= =5 4 kg kg,
I m k
I m L
A A
AB AB
= = = ◊
= =
2 2 2
2 2
5 0 060 0 018
1
12
1
124 0 320
( )( . ) .
( )( . )
kg m
== ◊0 03413 2. kg m
75
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.47 (Continued)
Conservation of energy: T V T V1 1 2 2+ = +
Position 1: q = ∞= =
= - ∞
= -
60
0 0
1
24 9 81 0 320 60
3 1392
1
1
v T
V
A
( )( . )( . )cos
. J
Position 2: q = ∞ =20 vA ?
T v v vA
A A2
22 2
1
25
1
20 018
0 080
1
24
2 20= + Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
+∞
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+
( ) ( . ).
( )cos
11
20 03413
0 320 20
2 5 1 40625 0 56624 0 18
2
( . ). cos
( . . . .
vA
∞ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= + + + 8875
4 66124
1
24 9 81 0 320 20
5 8998
2
2
2
)
.
( )( . )( . )cos
.
v
v
V
A
A=
= ∞
= - J
Conservation of energy: T V T V1 1 2 2+ = +
0 3 1392 4 66124 5 8998
0 59225
0 770
2
2
- = -
==
. . .
.
.
v
vv
A
A
A
m /s
m/s
2 2
vA = ¨0 770. m/s �
76
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.48
The motor shown rotates at a frequency of 22.5 Hz and runs
a machine attached to the shaft at B. Knowing that the motor
develops 3 kW, determine the magnitude of the couple exerted
(a) by the motor on pulley A, (b) by the shaft on pulley B.
SOLUTION
wp
pw w p
A
A A B Br r
=ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
==
22 5
45
0 03 45
.
: ( . )(
Hz2 rad
cycle
rad/s
m rrad/s m
rad/s
) ( . )
.
==
0 180
7 5
ww p
B
B
(a) Pulley A: Power = M A Aw
3000 45
21 2
W rad/s
N m
== ◊
MM
A
A
( )
.
p �
(b) Pulley B: Power = MB Bw
3000 7 5
127 3
W rad/s
N m
== ◊
MM
B
B
( . )
.
p �
77
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.49
Knowing that the maximum allowable couple that can be applied to a shaft is 2000 N · m determine the
maximum power (m kW) that can be transmitted by the shaft at (a) 180 rpm, (b) 480 rpm.
SOLUTION
M = ◊2000 N m
(a) w p
pw
p
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=== ◊ =
180
6
2000 6
rpm2
60
rad/s
Power
N m rad/s
M( )( ) 337699 1
37 699
.
.
W
kW=
37.7 kW �
(b) w p
pw
p
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=== ◊
480
16
2000 16
rpm2
60
rad/s
Power
N m rad/s
M( )( ))
.
==
100531
100 531
W
kW
100.5 kW �
78
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.50
Three shafts and four gears are used to form a gear train which
will transmit 7.5 kW from the motor at A to a machine tool at F.
(Bearings for the shafts are omitted in the sketch.) Knowing that
the frequency of the motor is 30 Hz, determine the magnitude of
the couple which is applied to shaft (a) AB, (b) CD, (c) EF.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. wp
p
AB ===
30
30 2
60
Hz
rad/s
rad/s
( )
Gears B and C. rrB
C
==
75
180
mm
mm
r rB AB C CD CDw w p w= =: ( )( ) (75 60 180 mm rad/s mm)( )
Gears D and E. w p
w w p
CD
D
E
D CD E EF
rr
r r
===
=
25
75
180
75 25
rad/s
mm
mm
mm rad/: ( )( ss mm
rad/s
Power kW
) ( )( )
.
.
===
180
10 4167
7 5
ww p
EF
EF
(a) Shaft AB. Power W rad/s= =M MAB AB ABw p: ( )7500 60 M AB = ◊39 8. N m �
(b) Shaft CD. Power W rad/s= =M MCD CD CDw p: ( )7500 25 MCD = ◊95 5. N m �
(c) Shaft EF. Power W rad/s= =M MEF EF EFw p: ( . )7500 10 4167 MEF = ◊229 N m �
79
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.51
The shaft-disk-belt arrangement shown is used to transmit 2.4 kW from Point A
to Point D. Knowing that the maximum allowable couples that can be applied
to shafts AB and CD are 25 N m◊ and 80 N m,◊ respectively, determine the
required minimum speed of shaft AB.
SOLUTION
Power. 2 4 2400
25
. kW W
N m
=◊M AB �
P MPM
MP M
AB AB
ABAB
CD
CD CD
=
= = =
◊=
w
w
w
minmax
mi
2400
2596
80
rad/s
N m�
nnmax
wCDCD
PM
= = =2400
8030 rad/s
Kinematics. r rrr
A AB C CD
ABC
ACD
w w
w w
=
=
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
min (min )
( )120
3030
120 rad/s
Choose the larger value for min .w AB minw AB = 120 rad/s minw AB = 1146 rpm �
80
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.52
The rotor of an electric motor has a mass of 25 kg and a radius of gyration of 180 mm. It is observed that
4.2 min is required for the rotor to coast to rest from an angular velocity of 3600 rpm. Determine the average
magnitude of the couple due to kinetic friction in the bearings of the motor.
SOLUTION
Time. t = =4 2 252. min s
Moment of inertia. I mkG =
=
= ◊
2
225 0 18
0 81
( )( . )
.
m
kg m2
Angular velocities. w
w
1 3600
376 99
0
===
rev/min
rad/s
2
.
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Moments about A. I MtGw1 0- =
Average magnitude of couple. MI
tG= =
◊w1 0 81 376 99
252
( . )( . )kg m rad/s
s
2
M = ◊1 212. N m �
81
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.53
A 2000-kg flywheel with a radius of gyration of 700 mm is allowed to coast to rest from an angular velocity of
450 rpm. Knowing that kinetic friction produces a couple of magnitude 16 N · m determine the time required
for the flywheel to coast to rest.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mk=
=
= ◊
2
200 0
980
( )( .0 kg 7 m)
kg m
2
2
Angular velocities. w p1 450
2
60
47 125
16
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
== ◊
rpm
rad/s
N m
.
M
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Required time.
+ Moments about A: I Mtw1 0- =
t IM
t
=
=◊
◊=
=
w1
980 47 125
16
2886 4
2886 460
( )( . )
.
.min
kg m rad/s
N m
s
ss
2
ÊÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
t = 48 6min sec �
82
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.54
Two disks of the same thickness and same material are attached to a shaft
as shown. The 4-kg disk A has a radius rA = 100 mm and disk B has a
radius rB = 150 mm. Knowing that a couple M of magnitude 2.5 N · m is
applied to disk A when the system is at rest, determine the time required
for the angular velocity of the system to reach 960 rpm.
SOLUTION
Mass of disk B. m rr
mBB
AA=
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
2
20 15
4
9
.( )
m
0.1 mkg
kg
Moment of inertia. I I IA B= +
= +
= ◊
1
24 0 1
1
29 0 15
0 12125
2 2( )( . ) ( )( . )
.
kg m kg m
kg m2
Angular velocity. w p2 960
2
60100 53= Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
=rpm rad/s.
Moment. M = ◊2 5. N m
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ Moments about C: 0 2+ =Mt I w
Required time. t IM
t
=
=◊
◊=
w2
0 12125 100 53
2 5
4 8757
( . )( . )
.
.
kg m rad/s
N m
s
2
t = 4 88. s �
83
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.55
Two disks of the same thickness and same material are attached to a shaft
as shown. The 3-kg disk A has a radius rA = 100 mm, and disk B has a
radius rB = 125 mm. Knowing that the angular velocity of the system is to
be increased from 200 rpm to 800 rpm during a 3-s interval, determine the
magnitude of the couple M that must be applied to disk A.
SOLUTION
Mass of disk B. m rr
mBB
AA=
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
2
2125
1003
4 6875
mm
mmkg
kg.
Moment of inertia. I I IA B= +
= +
= ◊
1
23 0 1
1
24 6875 0 125
0 05162
2 2( )( . ) ( . )( . )
.
kg m kg m
kg m2
Angular velocities. w p
w p
1 2002
6020 944
8002
6083 776
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
rpm rad/s
rpm r2
.
. aad/s
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ Moments about B: I Mt Iw w1 2+ =
Couple M. M It
= -( )w w2 1
=◊
-0 05162
383 776 20 944
.( . . )
kg m
srad/s rad/s
2
M = ◊1 081. N m �
84
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.56
A cylinder of radius r and weight W with an initial counterclockwise angular
velocity w0 is placed in the corner formed by the floor and a vertical wall.
Denoting by mk the coefficient of kinetic friction between the cylinder and the
wall and the floor derive an expression for the time required for the cylinder to
come to rest.
SOLUTION
Since the cylinder’s centre does not move, the center is the instantaneous center. Hence at both the contacts, the
contact points move w.r.t. ground and wall and hence friction force at each contact = mkN.
For the cylinder I mr W mg= =1
2
2 ,
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Linear momentum + : 0 0+ - ==
N t F tN F
B A
B A
Linear momentum +: 0 0+ + - =N t F t WtA B
N F N NN F N N W
N W
F NW
N
A B A k B
A A A k A
Ak
A k Ak
k
B
+ = += + + + =
=+
= =+
mm m
m
mm
m
2
2
2
1
1
==+
=+
mm
mm
k
k
Bk
k
W
FW
1
1
2
2
2
+ Moments about G: I F rt F rtA Bw0 0- - =
tI
F F rI
WrA B
k
k k=
+=
++
w m wm m
02
01
1( )
( )
( ) t
rg
k
k k=
++
1
2 1
20m
m mw
( ) �
85
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.57
A 3-kg cylinder of radius r = 125 mm with an initial counterclockwise angular
velocity w0 90= rad/s is placed in the corner formed by the floor and a vertical
wall. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.10 between the cylinder
and the wall and the floor, determine the time required for the cylinder to come
to rest.
SOLUTION
Since the cylinder’s centre does not move, the center is the instantaneous center. Hence at both the contacts, the
contact points move w.r.t. ground and wall and hence friction force at each contact = mkN.
For the cylinder I mr W mg= =1
2
2 ,
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Linear momentum + : 0 0+ - ==
N t F tN F
B A
B A
Linear momentum +: 0 0+ + - =N t F t WtA B
N F N NN F N N W
N W
F NW
N
A B A k B
A A A k A
Ak
A k Ak
k
B
+ = += + + + =
=+
= =+
mm m
m
mm
m
2
2
2
1
1
==+
=+
mm
mm
k
k
Bk
k
W
FW
1
1
2
2
2
+ Moments about G: I F rt F rtA Bw0 0- - =
tr
gk
k k=
++
= ++
1
2 1
1 0 1
2 0 1 1 0 1
0 125 90
9 81
20
2
mm m
w( )
( . )
( . )( . )
( . )( )
. t = 5 26. s �
86
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.58
A disk of constant thickness, initially at rest, is placed in contact with a belt that
moves with a constant velocity v. Denoting by mk the coefficient of kinetic
friction between the disk and the belt, derive an expression for the time required
for the disk to reach a constant angular velocity.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mr= 1
2
2
Final state of constant angular velocity. w2 = vr
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ y components: 0 0+ - = =Nt mgt N mg
+ Moments about A: 0 2+ =m wk Ntr I
t Imgr
mrmgr
vgk
vr
k k= = =
wm m m
212
2
2 t v
gk=
2m �
87
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.59
Disk A, of weight 2.5 kg and radius r = 100 mm is at rest when it is placed in
contact with a belt which moves at a constant speed v = 15 m/s. Knowing that
mk = 0 20. between the disk and the belt, determine the time required for the
disk to reach a constant angular velocity.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mr= 1
2
2
Final state of constant angular velocity. w2 = vr
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ y components: 0 0+ - = =Nt mgt N mg
+ Moments about A: 0
2
2
2
212
2
+ =
= = =
=
m w
wm m m
m
k
k
vr
k k
k
Ntr I
t Imgr
mrmgr
vg
t vg
Data: v
k
==
15
0 20
m/s
m .
t = 15
2 0 20 9 81( )( . )( . ) t = 3 82. s �
88
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.60
The 350-kg flywheel of a small hoisting engine has a radius of gyration of
600 mm. If the power is cut off when the angular velocity of the flywheel
is 100 rpm clockwise, determine the time required for the system to come
to rest.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. v rB = w
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ Moments about A: I m v r W tr I m v r
m k m r m gtr m kA B B B A B B
A B B A
w w
w1 1 2 2
2 21
2
+ - = +
+ - = +
( ) ( )
( ) ( mm r
t m k m rm rg
B
A B
B
22
2 21 2
)
( )( )
w
w w=
+ -
Data: mkA =
= =350
600 0 6
kg
mm m.
mrB =
= == ==
120
225 0 225
100 10 472
0
1
2
kg
mm m
rpm rad/s
.
.ww
t = + -[( )( . ) ( )( . ) ]( . )
( )( . )( . )
350 0 6 120 0 225 10 472 0
120 0 225 9 81
2 2
t = 5 22. s �
89
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. v rB = w
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ Moments about A: I m v r W tr I m v r
m k m r m gtr m kA B B B A B B
A B B A
w w
w1 1 2 2
2 21
2
+ - = +
+ - = +
( ) ( )
( ) ( mm r
t m k m rm rg
B
A B
B
22
2 21 2
)
( )( )
w
w w=
+ -
Data: mk
mr
A
B
== === =
350
600 0 6
120
225 0 225
kg
mm m
kg
mm m
.
.
ww
1
2
100 10 472
40 4 189
= == =
rpm rad/s
rpm rad/s
.
.
t =+ -[( )( . ) ( )( . ) ]( . . )
( )( . )( .
350 0 6 120 0 225 10 472 4 189
120 0 225 9
2 2
881) t = 3 13. s �
PROBLEM 17.61
In Problem 17.60, determine the time required for the angular velocity of the
flywheel to be reduced to 40 rpm clockwise.
PROBLEM 17.60 The 350-kg flywheel of a small hoisting engine has
a radius of gyration of 600 mm. If the power is cut off when the angular
velocity of the flywheel is 100 rpm clockwise, determine the time required
for the system to come to rest.
90
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. Drums A and B rotate about fixed axes. Let v be the tape velocity in m/s.
v rA A A= =w w0 025. w A v= 40
v rB B B= =w w0 04. wB v= 25
Moments of inertia. I m kA A A= = = ¥ ◊-2 2 40 6 0 0 2 4 10( . )( . ) .kg 2 m kg m2
I m kB B B= = = ¥ ◊-2 2 41 75 0 03 15 75 10( . )( . ) .kg m kg m2
State 1. t = 0 v = 0 w wA B= = 0
State 2. t = 0 24. ,s v = 3 m/s
w A = =( )( )40 3 120 rad/s
wB = =( )( )25 3 75 rad/s
Drum A.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta 2
PROBLEM 17.62
A tape moves over the two drums shown. Drum A weighs 0.6 kg and has
a radius of gyration of 20 mm, while drum B weighs 1.75 kg and has a
radius of gyration of 30 mm. In the lower portion of the tape the tension
is constant and equal to TA = 4 N. Knowing that the tape is initially at
rest, determine (a) the required constant tension TB if the velocity of the
tape is to be v = 3 m/s after 0.24 s, (b) the corresponding tension in the
portion of tape between the drums.
91
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.62 (Continued)
+ Moments about A: 0 + - =r T t r T t IA AB A A A Aw
0 0 025 0 025 4 0 24 2 4 10 120
2 112
4+ - = ¥=
-( . )( ) ( . )( )( . ) ( . )( )
.
T tT t
AB
AB NN s◊
Drum B.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta 2
+ Moments about B: 0 + - =r T t r T t IB B B AB B Bw
0 0 04 0 04 2 112 15 75 10 75
5 065125
4+ - = ¥= ◊
-( . )( ) ( . )( . ) ( . )( )
.
T tT t
B
B N ss
(a) T T ttBB= = 5 065125
0 24
.
. TB = 21 1. N �
(b) T T ttAB
AB= = 2 112
0 24
.
. TAB = 8 80. N �
92
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
Let Points A and B be the centers of the two disks and Point C be the contact point between the two disks.
Let w A and wB be the final angular velocities of disks A and B, respectively, and let vC be the final velocity at
C common to both disks.
Kinematics: No slipping v r rC A A B B= =w w
Moments of inertia. Assume that both disks are uniform cylinders.
I m r I m rA A A B B B= =1
2
1
2
2 2
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Disk A
Disk B
Syst. Momenta 1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
Disk A: Moments about A: 0 + =r Ft IA A Aw
PROBLEM 17.63
Disk B has an initial angular velocity w 0 when it is brought into contact
with disk A which is at rest. Show that the final angular velocity of disk B
depends only on w 0 and the ratio of the masses mA and mB of the two disks.
93
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.63 (Continued)
Ft Ir
m r vr
m v
m r
A A
A
A A C
A
A C
A B B
= =
=
=
w
w
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
Disk B: Moments about B: I r Ft IB B B Bw w0 - =
1
2
1
2
1
2
20
2m r r m r mrB B B A B B B Bw w w- ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= ww
B mm
A
B
=+
0
1 �
94
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.64
The 4 kg disk A has a radius rA = 150 mm and is initially at rest. The 5 kg
disk B has a radius rB = 200 mm and an angular velocity w 0 of 900 rpm
when it is brought into contact with disk A. Neglecting friction in the
bearings, determine (a) the final angular velocity of each disk, (b) the
total impulse of the friction force exerted on disk A.
SOLUTION
Let Points A and B be the centers of the two disks and Point C be the contact point between the two disks.
Let w A and wB be the final angular velocities of disks A and B, respectively, and let vC be the final velocity at
C common to both disks.
Kinematics: No slipping v r rC A A B B= =w w
Moments of inertia. Assume that both disks are uniform cylinders.
I m r I m rA A A B B B= =1
2
1
2
2 2
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Disk A
Disk B
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
95
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.64 (Continued)
Disk A: Moments about A: 0
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
+ =
=
= =
=
r Ft I
Ft Ir
m r vr
m v
m r
A A A
A A
A
A A C
AA C
A B B
ww
w
Disk B: Moments about B: I r Ft IB B B Bw w0 - =
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
20
2
0
m r r m r mrB B B A B B B B
B mm
A
B
w w w
ww
- ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
=+
Data: mmm
A
A
B
=
= =
4
4
50 8
kg
.
rrr
B
B
A
=
= =
= =
0 2
200
150
4
3
900 300
. m
mm
mm
rpm rad/sw p
(a) ww
p
B =+
=
=
0
1 0 8
30
1 8
52 3599
.
.
. rad/s
w wAB
AB
rr
=
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
4
352 3599
69 8132
( . )
. rad/s w A = 667 rpm �
w B = 500 rpm �
(b) Ft = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
1
24 0 2 52 3599( )( . )( . ) Ft = ◊20 9. N s ≠�
96
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.65
Show that the system of momenta for a rigid slab in plane motion reduces to a single vector, and express the
distance from the mass center G to the line of action of this vector in terms of the centroidal radius of gyration k
of the slab, the magnitude v of the velocity of G, and the angular velocity w.
SOLUTION
Syst. Momenta = Single Vector
Components parallel to mv : mv X= X v= m �
Moments about G: I mv dw = ( )
d Imv
mkmv
= =w w2
d kv
=2w
�
97
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.66
Show that, when a rigid slab rotates about a fixed axis through O perpendicular
to the slab, the system of the momenta of its particles is equivalent to a single
vector of magnitude mrw , perpendicular to the line OG, and applied to a Point P
on this line, called the center of percussion, at a distance GP k r= 2/ from the
mass center of the slab.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. Point O is fixed. v r= w
System momenta.
Components parallel to mv : X mv mr= = w X mr= w �
Moments about G: ( )GP X I= w
( )GP mr mkw w= 2 ( )GP kr
=2
�
98
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.67
Show that the sum HA of the moments about a Point A of the momenta of the particles of a rigid slab in plane
motion is equal to IA w , where w is the angular velocity of the slab at the instant considered and IA the moment
of inertia of the slab about A, if and only if one of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) A is the mass center
of the slab, (b) A is the instantaneous center of rotation, (c) the velocity of A is directed along a line joining
Point A and the mass center G.
SOLUTION
Kinematics.
Let w = wk
and rG A G Ar/ /= q
Then, v rG A G A G Ar/ / /( )= ¥ =w w b
Where b q= + ∞90
Also v v v= +A G A/
Define h r v
h k k
= ¥
= = =
G A G A
G A G A G A G Ar v r r/ /
/ / / /( )( ) ( ) ( )2 2w w
System momenta. Moments about A:
H v
r v
r v r v
A G A
G A A G A
G A A G A G A
G
m I
m I
m m I
= ¥ +
= ¥ + +
= ¥ + ¥ +
=
r
v
r
/
/ /
/ / /
( )
w
w
w
//
/ /
/ /( )
A A
G A A G A
G A A G A
m m I
m mr I
m mr I
¥ + +
= ¥ + +
= ¥ + +
v h
r v
r v
w
w w
w
2
2
The first term on the right hand side is equal to zero if
(a) rG A A/ = 0 ( is the mass center)
or (b) vA A= 0 ( is the instantaneous center of rotation)
or (c) r vG A A/ . is perpendicular to
In the second term, mr I IG A A/2 + =
by the parallel axis theorem. Thus, HA AI= w
when one or more of the conditions (a), (b) or (c) is satisfied.
99
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
(a) Locate the instantaneous center C corresponding to center of percussion P. Let d GPP = .
Syst. Momenta 1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
Components parallel to FDt : 0 + =F t mvD
Moments about G: 0 + =d F t IP ( )D w
Eliminate F tD to obtain v I
md
kd
P
P
w=
=2
Kinematics. Locate Point C. GC d v kdC
P= = =
w
2
GC kGP
=2
�
(b) Place the center of percussion at ¢ =P C. Locate the corresponding instantaneous center ¢C . Let
d GP GC dP C¢ = ¢ = = .
Syst. Momenta 1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
PROBLEM 17.68
Consider a rigid slab initially at rest and subjected to an impulsive force F contained in the
plane of the slab. We define the center of percussion P as the point of intersection of the
line of action of F with the perpendicular drawn from G. (a) Show that the instantaneous
center of rotation C of the slab is located on line GP at a distance GC k GP= 2/ on
the opposite side of G. (b) Show that if the center of percussion were located at C the
instantaneous center of rotation would be located at P.
100
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.68 (Continued)
Components parallel to FDt : 0 + = ¢F t mvD
Moments about G: 0 + = ¢¢d F t IP ( )D w
Eliminate F tD to obtain ¢¢
= =¢ ¢
v Imd
kdP Pw
2
Kinematics. Locate Point ¢C . GC d v kd
kdC
P C¢ = = ¢
¢= =¢
¢w
2 2
Using d d kdC P
P= =¢
2
gives d d GC GPC P¢ = ¢ = or �
Thus Point ¢C coincides with Point P.
101
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. Rolling motion. Instantaneous center at C.
v v rvr
G= =
=
w
w
Moment of inertia. I mk= 2
Kinetics.
Syst. Momenta 1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
moments about C: 0
2
+ = +
= +
( ) sin
( sin )
mgt r mvr I
mgr t mrv mk vr
b w
b
(a) Velocity of Point G. v =+
r gtr k
2
2 2
sin b b �
+ components parallel to incline:
0
2
2 2
2
2 2
+ - =
= -+
=+
mgt Ft mv
Ft mgt mr gtr k
k mgtr k
sin
sinsin
sin
b
b b
b
PROBLEM 17.69
A wheel of radius r and centroidal radius of gyration k is released from rest on
the incline shown at time t = 0. Assuming that the wheel rolls without sliding,
determine (a) the velocity of its center at time t, (b) the coefficient of static
friction required to prevent slipping.
102
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.69 (Continued)
+ components normal to incline:
0 0+ - ==
Nt mgtNt mgt
cos
cos
bb
(b) Required coefficient of static friction.
m
bb
sFNFtNt
k mgtr k mgt
³
=
=+
2
2 2
sin
( ) cos m b
skr k
³2
2 2
tan
+ �
103
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.70
A flywheel is rigidly attached to a 40 mm-radius shaft that rolls without sliding
along parallel rails. Knowing that after being released from rest the system
attains a speed of 150 mm/s in 30 s, determine the centroidal radius of gyration
of the system.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. Rolling motion. Instantaneous center at C.
v v rG= = w
Moment of inertia. I mk= 2
Kinetics.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta 2
Moments about C: 0
2
+ = +
= +Ê
ËÁˆ
¯̃
( ) sin
sin
mgt r mvr I
mgtr m r kr
v
b w
b
Solving for k 2, k r gtv
2 2 1= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
sin b
Data: r = =40 0 04mm m.
gtv
k
=== =
= ∞
9 81
30
150 0 15
0 049 81 30 152 2
.
.
( . )( . )( )sin
m/s
s
mm/s m/s
2
00 151
0 81088
.
.
-ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
= m2
k 2 0 90049= . m k = 900 mm �
104
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.71
The double pulley shown has a mass of 3 kg and a radius of gyration of
100 mm. Knowing that when the pulley is at rest, a force P of magnitude 24 N
is applied to cord B, determine (a) the velocity of the center of the pulley after
1.5 s, (b) the tension in cord C.
SOLUTION
For the double pulley, rrk
C
B
===
0 150
0 080
0 100
.
.
.
m
m
m
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta 1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
Kinematics. Point C is the instantaneous center. v rC= w
Moments about C: 0
2
+ + - = +
= +
Pt r r mgtr I mvr
mk m r rC B C C
C C
( )
( )
w
w w
w =+ -
+( )=
-
Pt r r mgtrm k rC B C
C
( )
( )( . )( . ) ( )( . )( . )
2 2
24 1 5 0 230 3 9 81 1 5 (( . )
( . . )
.
0 150
3 0 100 0 150
17 0077
2 2+= rad/s
105
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.71 (Continued)
(a) v = =( . )( . ) .0 150 17 0077 2 55115 m/s v = 2 55. m/s ≠ �
+ Linear components: 0 + - + =Pt mgt Qt mv
Q mvt
mg P= + -
= + -( )( . )
.( )( . )
3 2 55115
1 53 9 81 24
(b) Tension in cord C. Q = 10 53. N �
106
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.72
Two uniform cylinders, each of mass m = 7 kg and radius r = 100 mm
are connected by a belt as shown. If the system is released from rest
when t = 0, determine (a) the velocity of the center of cylinder B at
t = 3s, (b) the tension in the portion of belt connecting the two cylinders.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. v rAB B= w
Point C is the instantaneous center of cylinder A.
w w
w w
AAB
B
A A B
vr
v r r
= =
= =
2
1
2
1
2
Moment of inertia. I mr= 1
2
2
(a) Velocity of the center of A.
Cyl. B:
Syst. Momenta 1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
+
Moments about B: 0 + =Ptr I Bw (1)
Cyl. A:
Syst. Momenta 1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
107
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.72 (Continued)
Moments about C: 0 2
0 21
2
1
2
5
- + = +
- - = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
Ptr mgtr mv r I
I mgtr m r r I
A A
B B B
w
w w w
22
1
2
5
2 2
1
2
2
22
I mr mgrt
mr mr mgrt
B
B
+ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
+Ê
ËÁˆ
¯̃=
w
w
7
4
4
7
r gt
gtr
B
B
w
w
=
= (2)
v r gtA B= = =
=
1
2
2
7
2
79 81 3
8 408
w ( . )( )
. 6 m/s
vA = 8 41. m/s Ø �
(b) Tension in the belt.
From (1) and (2) Ptr I gtr
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
4
7
P Igr
mg= = = =4
7
4
7
4
77 9 81 39 24
2( )( . ) . N P = 39 2. N �
108
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. v rAB B= w
Point C is the instantaneous center of cylinder A.
w w
w w
AAB
B
A A B
vr
v r r
= =
= =
2
1
2
1
2
Moment of inertia. I Wg
r= 1
2
2
(a) Required time.
Cyl. B:
Syst. Momenta 1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
Moments about B: I Ptr IB B( ) ( )w w1 2- =
Ptr I
mr
B B
B B
= -
= -
[( ) ( ) ]
[( ) ( ) ]
w w
w w
1 2
21 2
1
2 (1)
Cyl. A:
Syst. Momenta 1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
PROBLEM 17.73
Two uniform cylinders, each of mass m = 7 kg and radius r = 100 mm
are connected by a belt as shown. Knowing that at the instant shown the
angular velocity of cylinder A is 30 rad/s counterclockwise, determine
(a) the time required for the angular velocity of cylinder A to be reduced to
5 rad/s, (b) the tension in the portion of belt connecting the two cylinders.
109
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.73 (Continued)
Moments about C: I m v r Ptr mgtr I m v rA A A A( ) ( ) ( ) ( )w w1 1 2 22+ + - = +
1
22 0
3
2
1
2
21 2 1 2
2
mr mr r Ptr mgtr
mr
A A A A
B
[( ) ( ) [( ) ( ) ]w w w w
w
- + - + - =
ÊËÁ
ˆ̂¯̃
-È
ÎÍ
˘
˚˙ + -Ï
ÌÓ
¸˝˛
- =1
22
1 2
2
1
22
1
20
7
4
( ) [( ) ( ) ]
[
w w wB B Bmr mgtr
mr (( ) ( ) ]w wB B mgtr1 2 0- - =
t rg
B B=-7
4
1 2[( ) ( ) ]w w (2)
Data: mr
==
7
0 1
kg
m.
From Equation (2), t = - =( )( . )( )
( )( . ).
7 0 1 30 5
4 9 810 56612 t = 0 446. s �
(b) Tension in belt between cylinders.
From Equation (1) and (2) P g= ◊ ◊
= =
1
2
4
7
1
27
4 9 81
719 62
m
( )( )( . )
. N
P = 19 62. N �
110
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I m rA=
=
= ◊
1
2
1
28
0 2304
2
2
(
.
kg)(0.24 m)
kg m
2
Cylinder alone:
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta 2
Moments about C: 0 0+ = -I m v rA Aw
or 0 0 2304 8 0 24= -. ( )( . )w vA (1)
Cylinder and carriage:
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta 2
+ Horizontal components: 0 + = +Pt m v m vA A B B
or 0 10 1 2 8 3+ = +( )( . ) v vA B (2)
PROBLEM 17.74
A 240-mm-radius cylinder of mass 8 kg rests on a 3-kg carriage. The
system is at rest when a force P of magnitude 10 N is applied as shown
for 1.2 s. Knowing that the cylinder rolls without sliding on the carriage
and neglecting the mass of the wheels of the carriage, determine the
resulting velocity of (a) the carriage, (b) the center of the cylinder.
111
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.74 (Continued)
Kinematics. v v rA B= - w
v vA B= - 0 24. w (3)
Solving Equations (1), (2) and (3) simultaneously gives w = 5 68. rad/s
(a) Velocity of the carriage. vB = 2 12. m/s Æ �
(b) Velocity of the center of the cylinder. vA = 0 706. m/s Æ �
112
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.75
A 240-mm-radius cylinder of mass 8 kg rests on a 3-kg carriage. The
system is at rest when a force P of magnitude 10 N is applied as shown for
1.2 s. Knowing that the cylinder rolls without sliding on the carriage and
neglecting the mass of the wheels of the carriage, determine the resulting
velocity of (a) the carriage, (b) the center of the cylinder.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I m rA=
=
= ◊
1
2
1
28
0 2304
2
(
.
kg)(0.24 m)
kg m
2
2
Cylinder alone:
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta 2
Moments about C: 0 + = +Ptr I m v rA Aw
or 0 10 1 2 0 24 0 2304 8 0 24+ = +( )( . )( . ) . ( )( . )w vA (1)
Cylinder and carriage:
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta 2
+ Horizontal components: 0 + = +Pt m v m vA A B B
or 0 10 1 2 8 3+ = +( )( . ) v vA B (2)
113
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.75 (Continued)
Kinematics. v v rA B= + w
v vA B= + 0 24. w (3)
Solving Equations (1), (2) and (3) simultaneously gives w = 2 21. rad/s
(a) Velocity of the carriage. vB = 0 706. m/s Æ �
(b) Velocity of the center of the cylinder. vA = 0 235. m/s Æ �
114
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.76
In the gear arrangement shown, gears A and C are attached to rod ABC,
which is free to rotate about B, while the inner gear B is fixed. Knowing
that the system is at rest, determine the magnitude of the couple M which
must be applied to rod ABC, if 2.5 s later the angular velocity of the rod is
to be 240 rpm clockwise. Gears A and C have a mass of 1.25 kg each and
may be considered as disks of radius 50 mm; rod ABC weighs 2 kg.
SOLUTION
Kinematics of motion
Let w wABC = v v BC rA C= = =( )w w2
Since gears A and C roll on the fixed gear B,
w w w wA CCvr
rr
= = = =22
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta2
+ Moments about D: 0 + = +( )Qt r m v r I wC C C C
( ) ( ) ( )Qt r m r r m r
Qt m rw
C C
C
= +
=
21
22
3
2w w
(1)
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta 2
115
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.76 (Continued)
+ Moments about B: Mt Qt r I ABC- =( )4 w
Mt Qt r m r
Mt Qt r m r
ABC
ABC
- =
- =
41
124
44
3
2
2
( ) ( )
( )
w
w (2)
Substitute for (Qt) from (1) into (2):
Mt m r r m r
Mt r m m
C ABC
ABC C
- =
= +
4 34
3
4
39
2
2
( )
( )
w w
w (3)
Couple M.
Data: t = 2 5. s
rm
mABC
C
= =====
50 0 05
2
1 25
240
8
mm m
kg
kg
rpm
rad/s
.
.
wp
Eq. (3): M ( . ( . ) ( ( . )2 5 0 05 8 2 9 1 252s)4
3)= +( )p
2 5 1 1100
0 444
. .
.
M
N m
== ◊M M = ◊0 444. N m �
116
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.77
A sphere of radius r and mass m is placed on a horizontal floor with no linear velocity but
with a clockwise angular velocity w 0 . Denoting by mk the coefficient of kinetic friction
between the sphere and the floor, determine (a) the time t1 at which the sphere will start
rolling without sliding, (b) the linear and angular velocities of the sphere at time t1.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. Solid sphere. I mr= 2
5
2
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta 2
+ y components: Nt Wt N W mg1 1 0- = = = (1)
+ x components: Ft mv1 2= (2)
+ Moments about G: I Ft r Iw w0 1 2- = (3)
Since F N mgk k= =m m , Equation (2) gives
mk mgt mv1 2=
or v gtk2 1= m (4)
Using the value for I in Equation (3),
2
5
2
5
20 1
22mr mgt r mrkw m w- =
or w wm
2 015
2= - k gt
r (5)
(a) Time t1 at which sliding stops.
From kinematics, v r2 = w
m w mk kgt r gt1 0 1
5
2= - t
rgk
102
7=
wm
�
117
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.77 (Continued)
(b) Linear and angular velocities.
From Equation (4), v gr
gkk
202
7= m
wm
v2 0
2
7= rw Æ �
From Equation (6), w w22
0
2
7= =
vr
w2 0
2
7= w �
118
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.78
A sphere of radius r and mass m is projected along a rough horizontal surface
with the initial velocities shown. If the final velocity of the sphere is to be zero,
express (a) the required magnitude of w 0 in terms of v0 and r, (b) the time
required for the sphere to come to rest in terms of v0 and coefficient of kinetic
friction mk .
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. Solid sphere. I mr= 2
5
2
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1 2Æ = Syst. Momenta 2
+ y components: Nt Wt N W mg- = = =0 (1)
+ x components: mv Ft Ft mv0 00- = = (2)
+ Moments about G: I Ftr
mr mv r
w
w
0
20 0
0
2
50
- =
- =
(3)
(a) Solving for w0, w005
2=
vr
�
(b) Time to come to rest.
From Equation (2), tmvF
mvmgk
= =0 0
m t
vgk
= 0
m �
119
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.79
A 1.25-kg disk of radius 100 mm is attached to the yoke BCD by means
of short shafts fitted in bearings at B and D. The 0.75 kg yoke has a
radius of gyration of 75 mm about the x axis. Initially the assembly is
rotating at 120 rpm with the disk in the plane of the yoke (q = 0). If
the disk is slightly disturbed and rotates with respect to the yoke until
q = ∞90 , where it is stopped by a small bar at D, determine the final
angular velocity of the assembly.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia of yoke: I mkC C= = = ¥ ◊-2 2 30 75 0 075 4 21875 10( . )( . ) .kg m kg m2
Moment of inertia of disk about x axis: q = =01
4
2: I mrA
= = ¥ ◊
= ∞ =
=
-1
41 25 0 1 3 125 10
901
2
1
21 25 0 1
2 3
2
( . )( . ) .
:
( . )( .
kg m2
q I mrA
)) .2 36 25 10= ¥ ◊- kg m2
Total moment of inertia about the x axis:
q
q
= = +
= ¥ ◊= ∞ = +
=
-
0
7 34375 10
90
10 4687
1
3 2
2
: ( )
.
: ( )
.
I I I
I I I
x C A
x C A
kg m
55 10 3 2¥ ◊- kg m
Angular momentum about the x axis:
q w
wq w
= =
= ¥= ∞ =
= ¥
-
-
0
7 34375 10
90
10 46875 10
1 1 1
31
2 2 2
: ( )
.
: ( )
.
H I
H I
x
x33
2w
Conservation of angular momentum.
H H1 23
13
27 34375 10 10 46875 10= ¥ = ¥- -: . .w w
w w2 10 7015 0 7015 120= =. ( . ) ( rpm) w2 84 2= . rpm �
120
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.80
Two panels A and B are attached with hinges to a rectangular plate
and held by a wire as shown. The plate and the panels are made of
the same material and have the same thickness. The entire assembly
is rotating with an angular velocity w0 when the wire breaks.
Determine the angular velocity of the assembly after the panels
have come to rest against the plate.
SOLUTION
Geometry and kinematics:
Panels in up position Panels in down position
v b0 0= w v b2 0
3
2= w
Let r = =mass density, thicknesst
Plate: m t b b tb
I tb b b
plate
plate
= =
= +
=
r r
r
( )( )
( )[( ) ( ) ]
2 4 8
1
128 2 4
160
1
2
2 2 2
22
40
3
4
4
r
r
tb
tb=
Each panel: m t b b tbpanel = =r r( )( )2 2 2
Panel in up position ( ) ( )( )I t b b
t b t b
panel 02 2
4 4
1
122 2
8
12
2
3
=
= =
r
r r
121
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.80 (Continued)
Panel in down position ( ) ( )[ ( ) ]I t b b b
t b
t b
panel 12 2 2
4
4
1
122 2
10
12
5
6
= +
=
=
r
r
r
Conservation of angular momentum about the vertical spindle.
Initial momenta Final momenta
+ Moments about C:
I I m v b I Iplate panel panel plate panelw w w w0 0 0 0 1 1 12 2+ + = + +[( ) ( )] ( ) mm v b
tb tb tb b b
panel 1
40
40
20
3
2
40
32
2
32
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
+ +Èr w r w r w( )( )ÎÎÍ
˘˚̇
= + + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
40
32
5
62
3
2
3
2
40
41
20r w r w r wtb tb tb b b
440
3
4
34
40
3
10
69
56
324
40
41
0 1
+ +ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
= + +ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
=
r w r w
w w
t b tb
w1
56
3 24=
( )( ) w w1 2
7
9= �
122
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
SOLUTION
Let Point C be the intersection of axle C and rod DE. Let Point G be the mass center of tube AB.
Masses and moments of inertia about vertical axes.
m
I
I
AB
AB
DCE
=
= ◊
= ◊
1 6
0 0025
0 30
.
.
.
kg
kg m
kg m
2
2
State 1. ( ) ( )
.
rG A/
1
mm
rad/s
1
1
2125
62 5
5
=
==w
State 2. ( ) .
.
rG A/
2
mm
2 500 62 5
437 5
= -==w w
Kinematics. ( )v v rG G Cq q w= = /
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
PROBLEM 17.81
A 1.6-kg tube AB can slide freely on rod DE which in turn can rotate freely in
a horizontal plane. Initially the assembly is rotating with an angular velocity
w = 5 rad/s and the tube is held in position by a cord. The moment of inertia of the
rod and bracket about the vertical axis of rotation is 0 30. kg m2◊ and the centroidal
moment of inertia of the tube about a vertical axis is 0 0025 2. . kg m◊ If the cord
suddenly breaks, determine (a) the angular velocity of the assembly after the tube
has moved to end E, (b) the energy lost during the plastic impact at E.
123
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.81 (Continued)
Moments about C:
I I m v r I I m v rAB DCE AB G C AB DCE AB G Cw w w wq q1 1 1 1 2 2 20+ + + = + +( ) ( ) ( ) ( )/ / 22
12
1 22
2
0
I I m r I I m rAB DCE AB G G AB DCE AB G C+ +ÈÎ ˘̊ = + +ÈÎ ˘̊( ) ( )
[ .
/ /w w
00025 0 30 1 6 0 0625 5 0 0025 0 30 1 6 0 43752 2+ + = + +. ( . )( . ) ]( ) [ . . ( . )( . ) ]www
w
2
2
2
0 30875 5 0 60875
2 5359
( . )( ) .
.
== rad/s
(a) Angular velocity after the plastic impact. 2 54. rad/s �
Kinetic energy. T I I m v
T
AB DCE AB= + +
= + +
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
20 0025 5
1
20 30 5
1
2 2 2
12 2
w w
( . )( ) ( . )( )22
1 6 0 0625 5
3 859375
1
20 0025 2 5359
1
20
2 2
22
( . )( . ) ( )
.
( . )( . ) ( .
=
= +
J
T 330 2 53591
21 6 0 4375 2 5359
1 9573
2 2 2)( . ) ( . )( . ) ( . )
.
+
= J
(b) Energy lost. T T1 2 1 902- = . J �
124
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.82
Two 0.4-kg balls are to be put successively into the center C of the slender
2-kg tube AB. Knowing that when the first ball is put into the tube the initial
angular velocity of the tube is 8 rad/s and neglecting the effect of friction,
determine the angular velocity of the tube just after (a) the first ball has left
the tube, (b) the second ball has left the tube.
SOLUTION
Conservation of angular momentum about C.
I I mrvI mr r
II mrC
w ww w
w w
w
q1 2
2 2
2 2 1
1
= += +
=+
=
( )
(1)
Data: I m L= 1
12
2tube
=
= ◊
== =
+
1
122 1
1
6
0 4
0 5
2
2
( )( )
( .
.
kg m
one ball) kg
500 mm m
2
mr
I mr == +
= ◊
=( )( ) =
1
60 4 0 5
4
15
0 625
2
16
415
( . )( . )
.
kg m2
C
125
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.82 (Continued)
(a) First ball moves through the tube.
w1 8= rad/s
By Equation (1), w2 0 625 8= ( . )( ) w2 5 00= . rad/s �
(b) Second ball moves through the tube.
w1 5 00= . rad/s
By Equation (1), w2 0 625 5 00= ( . )( . ) w2 3 13= . rad/s �
126
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.83
A 3-kg rod of length 800 mm can slide freely in the 240-mm cylinder DE, which
in turn can rotate freely in a horizontal plane. In the position shown the assembly
is rotating with an angular velocity of magnitude w = 40 rad/s and end B of the
rod is moving toward the cylinder at a speed of 75 mm/s relative to the cylinder.
Knowing that the centroidal mass moment of inertia of the cylinder about a
vertical axis is 0 025. kg m2◊ and neglecting the effect of friction, determine the
angular velocity of the assembly as end B of the rod strikes end E of the cylinder.
SOLUTION
Kinematics and geometry.
vv
1 1
1
0 04 0 4
1 6
= ==
( . ( .
.
m) m)(40 rad/s)
m/s
w v2 0 28= ( . m) 2w
Initial position Final position
Conservation of angular momentum about C.
+ Moments about C: I AB = = ◊1
123 0 8 0 16( )( . . kg m) kg m2 2
I mv I I mv IAB DE AB DEw w w w1 1 1 2 2 20 04 0 028+ + = + +( . ( . m) m)
( . )( ( ( . ( .0 16 40 8 0 04 0 025 kg m rad/s) kg)(1.6 m/s) m) kg2◊ + + ◊ mm )(40 rad/s)2
= ◊ + + ◊+
( . ) ( )( . ) ( . )
( .
0 16 3 0 28 0 025
6 4 0
2 2 kg m kg)(0.28 kg m22
2w w w.. . ) ( . . . )
. . ; .
192 1 00 0 16 0 2352 0 025
7 592 0 4202 18 068
2
2 2
+ = + += =
ww w rrad/s
Angular velocity. w2 18 07= . rad/s �
127
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.84
In the helicopter shown, a vertical tail propeller is used to prevent
rotation of the cab as the speed of the main blades is changed.
Assuming that the tail propeller is not operating, determine the final
angular velocity of the cab after the speed of the main blades has
been changed from 180 to 240 rpm. (The speed of the main blades is
measured relative to the cab, and the cab has a centroidal moment of
inertia of 1000 kg m2◊ . Each of the four main blades is assumed to
be a slender 4.2-m rod of mass 25 kg.)
SOLUTION
Let W be the angular velocity of the cab and w be the angular velocity of the blades relative to the cab. The
absolute angular velocity of the blades is W + w .
w pw p
1
2
180 6
240 8
= == =
rpm rad/s
rpm rad/s
Moments of inertia.
Cab: IC = ◊1000 kg m2
Blades: I mLB = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= ◊
41
3
41
325 4 2
588
2
2( ) ( )( . )
kg m2
Assume W1 0= .
Conservation of angular momentum about shaft.
I I I II
I I
B C B C
B
C B
( ) ( )
( )
( )(
w ww w
p
1 1 1 2 2 2
22 1
588 8
+ + = + +
= --
+
= - -
W W W W
W
66
588 1000
2 3265
p )
( )
.
+= - rad/s W2 22 2= - . rpm �
128
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.85
Assuming that the tail propeller in Problem 17.84 is operating and that the
angular velocity of the cab remains zero, determine the final horizontal
velocity of the cab when the speed of the main blades is changed from
180 to 240 rpm. The cab weighs 625 kg and is initially at rest. Also determine
the force exerted by the tail propeller if the change in speed takes place
uniformly in 12 s.
SOLUTION
Let W be the angular velocity of the cab and w be the angular velocity of the blades relative to the cab. The
absolute angular velocity of the blades is W + w .
w pw p
1
2
180 6
240 8
= == =
rpm rad/s
rpm rad/s
Moments of inertia.
Cab: IC = ◊1000 kg m2
Blades: I mLB = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= ◊
41
34
1
325 4 2
588
2 2( ) ( )( . )
kg m2
The cab does not rotate. W W1 2 0= =
Syst Momenta Syst Ext Imp Syst Momenta. . . . . 1 1 2 2+ =Æ
Moments about shaft: I I Frt I IFrt I
B C B C
B
( ) ( )
( )
( )(
w ww w
p p
1 1 1 2 2 2
2 1
588 8 6
+ + + = + += -= -
W W W W
))
.
..
= ◊ ◊
= = = ◊
3694 51
3694 51
5738 903
N m s
N sFt Frtr
Linear components: mv Ft mv
v v Ftm
1 2
2 1
738 903
625 4 25
1 0192
+ =
- = =+
=
.
( )( )
. m/s
(a) Assume v1 0= . v2 1 019= . m/s �
(b) Force. F Ftt
= = 738 903
12
. F = 61 6. N �
129
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.86
The 4-kg disk B is attached to the shaft of a motor mounted on plate A, which can
rotate freely about the vertical shaft C. The motor-plate-shaft unit has a moment
of inertia of 0 20 2. kg m◊ with respect to the axis of the shaft. If the motor is
started when the system is at rest, determine the angular velocities of the disk and
of the plate after the motor has attained its normal operating speed of 360 rpm.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia. motor-plate-shaft:
IC = ◊0 20. kg m2
Disk: I m rB B B=
=
= ◊
1
2
1
24
0 0162
2
(
.
kg)(0.090 m)
kg m
2
2
Kinematics. v rB B C C C= =/ .w w0 090
Kinetics.
Syst Momenta Syst Ext Imp Syst Momenta. . . . . 1 1 2 2+ =Æ
Moments about C: 0 0+ = + -I m v IC C B B B Bw w
I m r r I
I m r IC C B B C C B C B B
C B B C C B B
w w w
w w
+ - =
+ =
+
( )
( )
[ . ( )( .
/ /
/
0
0 20 4 0 0
2
990 0 01622) ] .w wC B= wC = 0 069707.
130
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.86 (Continued)
Angular velocity of motor. w w ww
M B C
B
= += 1 06971.
w
ww
M
BM
=
=
=
=
360
1 06971
360
336 54
rpm
rpm
1.06971
rpm
.
. wB = 337 rpm �
wC = ( . )( .0 069707 336 54 rpm) wC = 32 5. rpm �
131
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.87
The circular platform A is fitted with a rim of 200-mm inner radius and can
rotate freely about the vertical shaft. It is known that the platform-rim unit has
a mass of 5 kg and a radius of gyration of 175 mm with respect to the shaft. At
a time when the platform is rotating with an angular velocity of 50 rpm, a 3-kg
disk B of radius 80 mm is placed on the platform with no velocity. Knowing
that disk B then slides until it comes to rest relative to the platform against the
rim, determine the final angular velocity of the platform.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia. I m k
I m r
A A
B B B
=
=
= ◊
=
=
2
2
5
0 153125
1
2
1
23
(
.
(
kg)(0.175 m)
kg m
kg)
2
2
((0.08 m)
kg m
2
2= ¥ ◊-9 6 10 3.
State 1 Disk B is at rest.
State 2 Disk B moves with platform A.
Kinematics. In State 2, vB = ( .0 12 m) 2w
Principle of conservation of angular momentum.
+ Moments about D: I I I m vA A B B Bw w w1 2 2 0 12= + + ( . m)
( . ) ( . )
( . ) (
0 153125 0 153125
9 6 10 3
1 2
32
kg m kg m
kg m
2 2
2
◊ = ◊
+ ¥ ◊ +-
w w
w kkg m)
r
2)( .
. .
.
. (
0 12
0 153125 0 20593
0 7436
0 7436 50
2
2 1
2 1
ww ww w
=== ppm)
Final angular velocity w2 37 2= . rpm �
Syst. Momenta,
Syst. Momenta,
132
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.88
A small 2-kg collar C can slide freely on a thin ring of mass 3 kg and radius
250 mm. The ring is welded to a short vertical shaft, which can rotate freely in a
fixed bearing. Initially the ring has an angular velocity of 35 rad/s and the collar
is at the top of the ring ( )q = 0 when it is given a slight nudge. Neglecting the
effect of friction, determine (a) the angular velocity of the ring as the collar passes
through the position q = ∞90 , (b) the corresponding velocity of the collar relative
to the ring.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia of ring. I m RR R= 1
2
2
Position 1 Position 2
Position 1. q ==
0
0
.
vC
Position 2. qw
= ∞= =
90
2( )v v RC y y
Conservation of angular momentum about y axis for system.
I I m v R
m R m R m R
m R m m R
R R C y
R R C
R R C
w w
w w w
w w
1 2
21
22
22
21
22
1
2
1
2
2
= +
= +
= +( )
ww w2 12
=+m
m mR
R C (1)
133
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.88 (Continued)
Potential energy. Datum is the center of the ring.
V m gR VC1 2 0= =
Kinetic energy: T I m R
m R
T I m v v
R R
R
R C x
1 12 2
12
212
2 22 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
2
1
2
= = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
= + +
w w
w
w yy
R C C ym R m R v m v
2
222 2
22 21
4
1
2
1
2
( )= + +w
Principle of conservation of energy:
T V T V
m R m gR m m R m vR C R C C y
1 1 2 2
212 2
22 21
4
1
4
1
2
1
2
+ = +
+ = +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+w w (2)
Data: mm
R
C
R
====
2
3
0 25
35
kg
kg
m
rad/s1
.
w
(a) Angular velocity.
From Eq. (1), w2
3
2 235=
+ kg
3 kg kg) rad/s)
(( w2 15 00= . rad/s �
(b) Velocity of collar relative to ring.
From Eq. (2), 1
43 35 2 0 25( ( ( )( . kg)(0.25 m) rad/s) kg)(9.81 m/s m)2 2 2+
= +ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
+1
43
1
22 15
1
22
57
2( ( ( (
.
kg) kg) (0.25 m) rad/s) kg)2 2 vy
4422 4 905 24 609
37 716
2
2
+ = +
=
. .
.
v
vy
y vy = 6 14. m/s �
134
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.89
Collar C has a mass of 8 kg and can slide freely on rod AB, which in
turn can rotate freely in a horizontal plane. The assembly is rotating
with an angular velocity w of 1.5 rad/s when a spring located between
A and C is released, projecting the collar along the rod with an initial
relative speed vr = 1 5. m/s. Knowing that the combined mass moment
of inertia about B of the rod and spring is 1 2. , kg m2◊ determine (a) the
minimum distance between the collar and Point B in the ensuing
motion, (b) the corresponding angular velocity of the assembly.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. v rq w=
Moments of inertia. I I m r
rB C= +
= +
2
21 2 8.
Conservation of angular momentum.
( ) ( ) : ( ) ( )
( ) (
H H I m v r I m v r
I m r IB B B C B C
B C B
1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
12
1
= + = +
+ = +
w w
wq q
mm r I IC 22
2 1 1 2 2)w w wor =
ww
21 1
2
=II
(1)
Potential energy. V V1 20 0= =
Kinetic energy. T m v m v I
m v I
C r C B
C r
= + +
= +
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2 2 2
2 2
q w
w
Position 1. Just after spring is released. r rv v
I I
r r
====
1
1
1
1
( )
w w
Position 2. Distance r is minimum. r rv v
I I
r r
== ===
2
2
2
0( ) ( )
w w
135
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.89 (Continued)
Conservation of energy.
T V T V m v I I
m v I II
C r
C r
1 1 2 2 12
1 12
2 22
12
21 1
1
2
1
20 0
1
2+ = + + + = +
=
: ( )
( )
w w
w
22
2
1 12
11
2121
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
-
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
I
I II
w
w (2)
Data. r
v
Ir
1
1
12
600 0 6
15
1 5
1 2 8 0 6
4 08
= ===
= +
=
mm m
rad/s
( m
1
.
) .
. ( )( . )
.
w
kg m2◊
Equation (2): ( )( . ) . ( . )8 1 5 4 08 1 1 52 1
2
2= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
II
II
I r
1
2
2 22
2 9608
4 08
2 96081 378 1 2 8
=
= = = +
.
.
.. .
(a) r2 0 14917= . m r2 149 2= . mm �
(b) Equation (1): w2
4 08
1 3781 5= .
.( . ) w2 4 44= . rad/s �
136
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.90
In Problem 17.89, determine the required magnitude of the initial
relative speed vr if during the ensuing motion the minimum distance
between collar C and Point B is to be 300 mm.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. v rq w=
Moments of inertia. I I m r
rB C= +
= +
2
21 2 8.
Conservation of angular momentum.
( ) ( ) : ( ) ( )
( ) (
H H I m v r I m v r
I m r IB B B C B C
B C B
1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
12
1
= + = +
+ = +
w w
wq q
mm r I III
C 22
2 1 1 2 2
21 1
2
)w w w
ww
or =
= (1)
Potential energy. V V1 20 0= =
Kinetic energy. T m v m v I
m v I
C r C B
C r
= + +
= +
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2 2 2
2 2
q w
w
Position 1. Just after spring is released. r rv v
I I
r r
====
1
1
1
1
( )
w w
Position 2. Distance r is minimum. r rv v
I I
r r
== ===
2
2
2
0( ) ( )
w w
137
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.90 (Continued)
Conservation of energy.
T V T V m v I I
m v I II
C r
C r
1 1 2 2 12
1 12
2 22
12
21 1
1
2
1
20 0
1
2+ = + + + = +
=
: ( )
( )
w w
w
22
2
1 12
11
2121
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
-
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
I
I II
w
w (2)
Data. r
r
I
1
2
12
600
1 5
300 0 3
1 2 8 0 6
= === =
= +
mm 0.6 m
rad/s
mm m
1w .
.
. ( )( . ) == ◊
= + = ◊
4 08
1 2 8 0 3 1 9222
.
. ( )( . ) .
kg m
kg m
2
2I
Equation (2): 8 4 084 08
1 921 1 51
2 2( ) ..
.( . )vr = -Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
( ) .vr 12 21 29094= m /s2 ( ) .vr 1 1 136= m/s �
138
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.91
A 3 kg collar C is attached to a spring and can slide on rod AB, which in turn
can rotate in a horizontal plane. The mass moment of inertia of rod AB with
respect to end A is 0.5 kg ◊ m2. The spring has a constant k = 3000 N/m and an
undeformed length of 250 mm. At the instant shown the velocity of the collar
relative to the rod is zero and the assembly is rotating with an angular velocity
of 12 rad/s. Neglecting the effect of friction, determine (a) the angular velocity of
the assembly as the collar passes through a point located 180 mm from end A of
the rod, (b) the corresponding velocity of the collar relative to the rod.
SOLUTION
Potential energy of spring: undeformed length = 250 mm = 0.25 m
Position 1: Position 2:
D
D
= - =
= =
= ◊
0 65 0 25 0 4
1
2
1
23000 0 4
240
12 2
. . .
( )( . )
m m m
N m
V k
D
D
= - =
= =
=
0 30806 0 25 0 05806
1
2
1
23000 0 05806
5 0564
22 2
. . .
( )( . )
.
m
N
V k
◊◊ m
Kinematics:
Kinetics: Since moments of all forces about shift at A are zero, ( ) ( )H HA A1 2=
I m v r I m v r
I m r I m rR C R C C
R C R C
w w
w w1 0 1 0 2 2
12
1 23
2
+ = +
+( ) = +( )( ) ( )
139
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.91 (Continued)
Data: I mr rR C= ◊ =
= = =0 5 3
0 6 0 18 121 2 1
. ,
. .
kg m kg
m, m, rad/s
2
w
0 5 3 0 6 12 0 5 3 0 18
18 96 0 597
2 22. ( )( . ) ( ) . ( )( . )
. .
+ÈÎ ˘̊ = +ÈÎ ˘̊
=
rad/s w
22 31 7482 2w w; .= rad/s
(a) Angular velocity. w2 31 7= . rad/s �
Kinetic energy. T I m v m vA C D C R1 12
12
121
2
1
2
1
2= + +w ( ) ( )
= + +
= += ◊
=
1
20 5 12
1
23 0 6 12 0
36 77 76
113 76
1
2
2 2
1
2
( . )( ) ( )( . ) ( )
.
.
2
N mT
T II m v m vR B Rw22
22
2 22
2
1
2
1
2
1
20 5 31 748
1
23 0 18
+ +
=
+
( ) ( )
( . )( . )
( )( . ) (
2
331 7481
23
300 9695 1 5
222
2 22
. ) ( )( )
. . ( )
+
= +
v
T v
R
r
Principle of conservation of energy: T V T V1 1 2 2+ = +
Recall: V V1 2240 5 0564= ◊ = ◊N m and N m.
113 76 240 300 9695 1 5 5 0564
47 7341 1 5
22
22
. . . ( ) .
. .
+ = + +
=
v
vr
r
(b) Velocity of collar relative to rod. ( ) .vr 2 5 64= m/s �
140
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.92
A uniform rod AB, of mass 7.5 kg and length 1 m is attached to the 12.5-kg
cart C. Knowing that the system is released from rest in the position shown and
neglecting friction, determine (a) the velocity of Point B as rod AB passes through
a vertical position (b) the corresponding velocity of cart C.
SOLUTION
Kinematics v vC A=
v vC ABÆ = Æ + ¨( . )0 5 m w
v vC AB= - 0 5. w (1)
AB = 1 m
Mass. m mC AB= =12 5 7 5. .kg, kg
Kinetics
Linear momentum
+ 0 = +m v m vC C AB AB
vmm
v v v vABC
ABC C AB C= - = - = -
( . ),
12 5 5
3
kg
(7.5 kg) (2)
Substitute into Eq. (1): v vC C= - -5
30 5. w
8
30 5vC = - . w vC = - 0 1875. w (3)
Substitute into Eq. (2): vAB = - -5
30 1875( . )w
vAB = 0 3125. w (4)
141
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.92 (Continued)
Kinetic and potential energies.
TV W b
V
T m
AB
1
1
2
2
0
7 5 9 81 0 5 1 30
4 9286
0
1
2
== = - ∞= ◊=
=
( . )( . )( . )( cos )
. N m
CC C AB AB ABv m v I2 2 2
2
1
2
1
2
1
212 5 0 1875
1
27 5 0 3125
+ +
= - +
w
w( . )( . ) ( . )( . ww w
w
) ( . )( )
( . . . )
.
2 2 2
2
1
2
1
127 5 1
0 21973 0 36621 0 3125
0 8
+ ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
= + +
= 99844 2w
Conservation of energy: T V T V1 1 2 2+ = +
0 4 9286 0 89844
5 4857 2 3422
2
2
+ =
= =
. .
. .
w
w w rad/s
(b) Velocity of C: Eq. (3) vC = - 0 1875. w vC = ¨0 439. m/s �
(a) Velocity of B: vB Cv= + Æ = ¨ + Æ( ) ( . ) [( )( . )] ]1 0 43916 1 2 3422w m/s
vB = ¨ + Æ0 43916 2 3422. . vB = Æ1 903. m/s �
142
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.93
In Problem 17.83, determine the velocity of rod AB relative to cylinder DE as end B of the rod strikes the end
E of the cylinder.
SOLUTION
Kinematics and geometry.
vv
1 1
1
0 04 0 4
1 6
= ==
( . ( .
.
m) m)(40 rad/s)
m/s
w v2 0 28= ( . m) 2w
Initial position Final position
Conservation of angular momentum about C.
+ Moments about C: I AB = = ◊1
123 0 9 0 16( )( . . kg m) kg m2 2
I mv I I mv IAB DE AB DEw w w w1 1 1 2 2 20 04 0 28
0 16
+ + = + +
◊
( . ( .
( .
m) m)
kg m2 ))( ( ( . ( .40 8 0 04 0 025 rad/s) kg)(1.6 m/s) m) kg m )(40 rad2+ + ◊ //s)
kg m kg)(0.28 kg m22
2= ◊ + + ◊( . ) ( )( . ) ( . )
(
0 16 3 0 28 0 025
6
2 2w w w.. . . ) ( . . . )
. . ; .
4 0 192 1 00 0 16 0 2352 0 025
7 592 0 4202 18
2
2 2
+ + = + += =
ww w 0068 18 072 rad/s: rad/sw = .
Conservation of energy ( ) .vr = 0 075 m/s
V V
T I I m v m vDE AB AB AB r
1 2
1 12
12
12
12
0
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
20 025
= =
= + + +
=
w w ( )
( . kgg m rad/s kg m rad/s
kg m/s
2 2◊ + ◊
+ +
)( ) ( . )( )
( )( . )
401
20 16 40
1
23 1 6
2 2
2 11
33 0 075( )( .kg m/s)2
143
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.93 (Continued)
Tv
1
2 2
20 120 3 84 0 008 151 85
0 28 0 28 18 06
= + + + == +
J J J J J
m m
. . .
( . ) ( . )( .w 88 5 059
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
22 2
222
22
22
rad/s m/s) .
( )
=
= + + +T I I m v m vDE AB AB AB rw w
== ◊
+ ◊
1
20 025 18 068
1
20 16 18 068
2( . )( . )
( . )( .
kg m rad/s
kg m rad/s
2
2 ))
( )( . ) ( )( )
. . .
2
222
2
1
23 5 059
1
23
4 081 26 116 38 3
= +
= + +
kg m/s kg
J J
v
T
r
991 1 5
68 587 1 5
151 85 0 68
22
2 22
1 1 2 2
J
J
J
+
= +
+ = + + =
. ( )
. . ( )
: .
v
T v
T V T V
r
r
.. . ( )
. . ( )
587 1 5
83 263 1 5
22
22
J +
=
v
vr
r
Velocity of rod relative to cylinder. ( ) .vr 2 7 45= m/s �
144
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.94
In Problem 17.81 determine the velocity of the tube relative to the rod as the
tube strikes end E of the assembly.
PROBLEM 17.81 A 1.6-kg tube AB can slide freely on rod DE which in turn
can rotate freely in a horizontal plane. Initially the assembly is rotating with
an angular velocity w = 5 rad/s and the tube is held in position by a cord. The
moment of inertia of the rod and bracket about the vertical axis of rotation is
0 30. kg m2◊ and the centroidal moment of inertia of the tube about a vertical
axis is 0 0025 2. . kg m◊ If the cord suddenly breaks, determine (a) the angular
velocity of the assembly after the tube has moved to end E, (b) the energy lost
during the plastic impact at E.
SOLUTION
Let Point C be the intersection of axle C and rod DE. Let Point G be the mass center of tube AB.
Masses and moments of inertia about vertical axes.
m I IAB AB DCE= = ◊ = ◊1 6 0 0025 0 30. . , .kg, kg m kg m2 2
State 1. ( ) ( ) . ( )/r vG A r1 1 1
1
2125 62 5 5 0= = = =mm, rad/s,w
State 2. ( ) . . ,/rG A 2 2500 62 5 437 5= - = =mm, w w v vr r= =( )2 0
Kinematics. ( ) /v v rG G Cq q w= =
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
145
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.94 (Continued)
Moments about C:
I I m v r I I m v rAB DCE AB G C AB DCE AB G Cw w w wq q1 1 1 1 2 2 20+ + + = + +( ) ( ) ( ) ( )/ / 22
12
1 22
2
0
I I m r I I m rAB DCE AB G C AB DCE AB G C+ +ÈÎ ˘̊ = + +ÈÎ ˘̊( ) ( )
[ .
/ /w w
00025 0 30 1 6 0 0625 5 0 0025 0 30 1 6 0 43752 2+ + = + +. ( . )( . ) ]( ) [ . . ( . )( . ) ]www w
2
2 20 30875 5 0 60875 2 5359( . )( ) . .= = rad/s
Kinetic energy. T I I m vAB DCE AB= + +1
2
1
2
1
2
2 2 2w w
= + + +( )= +
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
20 0025 5
1
20
2 2 2 2 2
12
I I m r v
T
AB DCE AB G C rw w w/
( . )( ) ( .. )( ) ( . )( . ) .
( . )( . )
3 51
21 6 0 0625 0 3 859375
1
20 0025 2 5359
2 2
2
+ + =
=
J
T 22 2
2 2
1
20 30 2 5359
1
21 6 0 0625 2 5359
1
21 6
+
+ +
( . )( . )
( . )( . ) ( . ) ( . )( )vr 222
221 95737 0 8= +. . ( )vr
Work. The work of the bearing reactions at C is zero. Since the sliding contact between the rod and the tube
is frictionless, the work of the contact force is zero.
U1 2 0Æ =
Principle of work and energy. T U T1 1 2 2+ =Æ
3 859375 0 1 95737 0 8 22. . . ( )+ = + vr
Velocity of the tube relative to the rod. ( ) .vr 2 1 542= m/s �
146
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.95
The 3-kg steel cylinder A and the 5-kg wooden cart B are at rest
in the position shown when the cylinder is given a slight nudge,
causing it to roll without sliding along the top surface of the cart.
Neglecting friction between the cart and the ground, determine
the velocity of the cart as the cylinder passes through the lowest
point of the surface at C.
SOLUTION
Kinematics (when cylinder is passing C )
+ v v r vB C A= = -w
w =+v vr
A B
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. of Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ x components: m v m vv v v v
A A B B
A B B A
- == =
0
3 5 0 6; .
Work: U W TA1 2 10 15 3 9 81 0 15 4 4145 0Æ = = = ◊ =( . ) ( )( . )( . ) .m kg m/s m N m;2
Kinetic energy: T m v I m vA A B22 2
321
2
1
2
1
2= + +w
v v v vr
v vr
vr
T v r
B AA B A A A
A
= =+
=+
=
= ( ) +
0 60 6 1 6
1
23
1
2
3
22
22
. ;. .
( )
w
kgkgÊÊ
ËÁˆ
¯̃ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+
= + +
1 6 1
25 0 6
1 5 1 92 0 9
22
2 2 2
.( )( . )
. . .
vr
v
v v v
AA
A A A
kg
== 4 32 2. vA
Principle of work and energy: T U T1 1 2 2+ =Æ
0 4 4145 4 32
1 021875 1 01088
2
2
+ =
= = Æ
. .
. .
v
vA
A Av m/s
v vB A= =0 6 0 6 1 01088. . ( . ) vB = ¨0 607. m/s �
147
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.96
A bullet weighing 40 gm is fired with a horizontal velocity of 550 m/s into
the lower end of a slender 7.5-kg bar of length L = 800 mm. Knowing that
h = 300 mm and that the bar is initially at rest, determine (a) the angular velocity
of the bar immediately after the bullet becomes embedded, (b) the impulsive
reaction at C, assuming that the bullet becomes embedded in 0.001 s.
SOLUTION
Bar: L m
I mL
= = =
= = = ◊
800 0 8 7 5
1
12
1
127 5 0 8 0 42 2
mm m kg
kg m2
. .
( . )( . ) .
Bullet: m0 40 0 04= =g kg.
Support location: h = =300 0 3mm m.
Kinematics. v L h
v L h
B
G
= - = - =
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= - =
( ) ( . . ) .
( . . ) .
w w w
w w w
0 8 0 3 0 5
20 4 0 3 0 1
Kinetics.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Moments about C: m v L h m v L h mv L h IB G0 0 02
( ) ( )- = - + -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ w
( . )( )( . ) ( . )( . )( . ) ( . )( . )( . ) ( . )0 04 550 0 5 0 04 0 5 0 5 7 5 0 1 0 1 0 4= + +w w w
148
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.96 (Continued)
(a) 11 0 01 0 075 0 4 0 485 22 6804= + + = =. . . . .w w w w wor w = 22 7. rad/s �
vv
B
G
= == =
( . )( . ) .
( . )( . ) .
0 5 22 6804 11 3402
0 1 22 6804 2 26804
m/s
m/s
+ Horizontal components:
- + = - - = - -= -
m v C t m v mv C t m v v mvC t
B G B0 0 0 0 0 0
0 04 550
( ) : ( ) ( )
( ) ( . )(
D DD 111 3402 7 5 2 26804
4 53609
. ) ( . )( . )
.
-= ◊N s
(b) C C tt
= =DD
4 53609
0 001
.
. C = Æ4540 N �
149
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.97
In Problem 17.96, determine (a) the required distance h if the impulsive reaction
at C is to be zero, (b) the corresponding angular velocity of the bar immediately
after the bullet becomes embedded.
SOLUTION
Bar: L m
I mL
= = =
= = = ◊
800 0 8 0 75
1
12
1
127 5 0 8 0 42 2
mm m kg
kg m2
. .
( . )( . ) .
Bullet: m0 0 04= . kg
Kinematics. v L h h
v L h h
B
G
= - = -
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= -
( ) ( . )
( . )
w w
w w
0 8
20 4
Kinetics.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
moment about B: 0 02
+ = - ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
I mv LGw
0 0 0 4 7 5 0 4 0 4+ = - -. ( . )( . ) ( . )w wh
Divide by w 0 0 4 3 0 4= - -. ( . )h
150
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.97 (Continued)
(a) h = =4
150 26667m m. h = 267 mm �
v
v
B
G
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
0 84
15
8
15
0 44
15
2
15
.
.
w w
w w
+ Horizontal components: m v mv m vG B0 0 00+ = +
( . )( ) ( . ) ( . )0 04 550 0 7 52
150 04
8
15+ = Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
w w
(b) w = 21 541. w = 21 5. rad/s �
151
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.98
A 45-g bullet is fired with a velocity of 400 m/s at q = ∞30 into a 9-kg
square panel of side b = 200 mm. Knowing that h = 150 mm and that the
panel is initially at rest, determine (a) the velocity of the center of the panel
immediately after the bullet becomes embedded, (b) the impulsive reaction
at A, assuming that the bullet becomes embedded in 2 ms.
SOLUTION
m m I m bB P G P= = = = = ◊0 045 91
6
1
69 0 200 0 062 2. ( )( . ) .kg kg kg m2
Kinematics. After impact, the plate is rotating about the fixed Point A with angular velocity w = w .
vGb= Æ2
w .
Principle of impulse and momentum. To simplify the analysis, neglect the mass of the bullet after impact.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
(a) + Moments about A:
( cos ) sin
cos
m v h m v b I m v b
m v h b
B B G P G
B
0 0
0
30 302
02
30
∞ + ∞ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ = +
∞ +
w
2230
1
4
0 045 400 0 150 30 0
2sin
( . )( )( . cos .
∞ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
∞ +
I m bG P w
1100 30
0 061
49 0 2 0 15
21 588
2
sin )
. ( )( . ) .
.
∞
= +ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
=
=
w w
w rad/s
vB = =( . )( . ) .0 100 21 556 2 1556 m/s vG = Æ2 16. m/s �
152
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.98 (Continued)
(b) + Linear momentum: m v A t m v
AB x P G
x
0 30
0 045 400 30 0 002 9 2 1
cos ( )
( . )( cos ) ( . ) ( )( .
∞ + =
∞ + =
D
5556)
A X = 1920 N A x = Æ1920 N
Linear momentum: - ∞ + =m v A tB y0 30 0sin ( )D
- ∞ + =( . )( )sin ( . )0 045 400 30 0 002 0Ay
Ay = 4500 N A y = ≠4500 N
` A = = = = ∞4892 4 8924500
192066 9N kW. tan .b b
A = 4 87. kN 66.9∞�
153
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.99
A 45-g bullet is fired with a velocity of 400 m/s at q = ∞5 into a 9-kg square
panel of side b = 200 mm. Knowing that h = 150 mm and that the panel
is initially at rest, determine (a) the required distance h if the horizontal
component of the impulsive reaction at A is to be zero, (b) the corresponding
velocity of the center of the panel immediately after the bullet becomes
embedded.
SOLUTION
m m I m bB P G P= = = = = ◊0 045 91
6
1
69 0 200 0 062 2. ( )( . ) .kg kg kg m2
Kinematics. After impact, the plate is rotating about the fixed Point A with angular velocity w = w .
vGb= Æ2
w .
Principle of impulse and momentum. To simplify the analysis, neglect the mass of the bullet after impact.
Also A tX ( ) .D = 0
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ Linear momentum: m v m v m bB P G P0 5 0
2cos ∞ + = = Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
w
( . )( cos ) ( )( . ) .0 045 400 5 9 0 100 19 9239∞ = =w w rad/s
vG = =( . )( . ) .0 100 19 9239 1 99239 m/s (1)
+ Moments about A: ( cos ) ( sin )m v h m v b I m v bB B G P G0 05 5
2 2∞ + ∞ = +w
m v b b I m b
h
B G P025
25
1
4
0 045 400
cos sin
( . )( )( cos
∞ + ∞ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
w
55 0 100 5 0 061
49 0 100 19 9239
17 9315
2∞ + ∞ = +ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
+
. sin ) . ( )( . ) ( . )
. h 11 5688 2 9886. .=
(a) h = 0 07918. m h = 79 2. mm �
(b) From Eq. (1), vG = Æ1 992. m/s �
154
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.100
A 8-kg wooden panel is suspended from a pin support at A and is initially
at rest. A 2-kg metal sphere is released from rest at B and falls into a
hemispherical cup C attached to the panel at a point located on its top edge.
Assuming that the impact is perfectly plastic, determine the velocity of the
mass center G of the panel immediately after the impact.
SOLUTION
Mass and moment of inertia
m m
I m
s P
P
= =
= = = ◊
2 8
1
60 5
1
68 0 5 0 33332 2
kg kg
m kg m2( . ) ( )( . ) .
Velocity of sphere at C. ( ) ( . )( . ) .v gyC 1 2 2 9 81 0 25 2 2147= = =m/s m m/s2
Impact analysis.
Kinematics Immediately after impact in terms of w2
vvC
2 2
2 2
0 25
0 2
==
.
( ) .
ww
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
155
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.100 (Continued)
+ Moments about A:
m v m v I m vs C s C P( ) ( . ) ( ) ( . ) ( . )
( )( .
1 2 2 20 2 0 0 2 0 25
2 2 2147
m m m
kg m
+ = + +w
//s m kg m kg m)( . ) ( )( . )( . ) . ( )( . )
.
0 2 2 0 2 0 2 0 33333 8 0 25
0 8
2 22
2= + +w w w88589 0 08 0 33333 0 500 2= + +( . . . )w
w2 0 96995 0 96995= =. . rad/s rad/s2w
Velocity of the mass center
v2 20 25 0 25 0 96995= =( . ) ( . )( . )m m rad/sw
v2 0 24249= . m/s v2 242= Æmm/s �
156
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.101
An 8-kg wooden panel is suspended from a pin support at A and is initially
at rest. A 2-kg metal sphere is released from rest at B¢ and falls into a
hemispherical cup C¢ attached to the panel at the same level as the mass
center G. Assuming that the impact is perfectly plastic, determine the
velocity of the mass center G of the panel immediately after the impact.
SOLUTION
Mass and moment of inertia. mm
I m
S
P
P
==
=
=
= ◊
2
8
1
60 5
1
68 0 5
0 3333
2
2
2
kg
kg
m
kg m
( . )
( )( . )
.
Velocity of sphere at C ¢. ( )
( . )( . )
.
v gyC ¢ =
==
1
2
2
2 9 81 0 5
3 1321
m/s m
m/s
Impact analysis.
Kinematics Immediately after impact in terms of w2.
ACACC
¢ = + == ¢=
¢
( . ) ( . ) .
( )
.
0 2 0 25 0 32016
0 32016
2 2
2 2
2
m
v ww
v2 20 25= . w q (perpendicular to .)AC
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1-2 = Syst. Momenta2
157
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.101 (Continued)
+ Moments about A:
m v m v AC I m vS C S C P( ) ( . ) ( ) ( ) ( . )
( )( .
¢ ¢+ = ¢ + +1 2 2 20 2 0 0 25
2 3 1321
m m
kg
wmm/s m kg m
kg
)( . ) ( )( . )( . )
. ( )( .
0 2 2 0 32016 0 32016
0 3333 8 0 25
2
2
=
+ +
w
w mm
rad/s
)
. ( . . . )
.
22
2
2
1 25284 0 2050 0 3333 0 500
1 2066
ww
w= + +=
Velocity of the mass center. v2 20 25
0 25 1 2066
==
( . )
( . )( . )
m
m rad/s
w
= 0 3016. m/s v2 302= ¨mm/s �
158
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.102
The gear shown has a radius R = 150 mm and a radius of gyration
k = 125 mm. The gear is rolling without sliding with a velocity v1of magnitude 3 m/s when it strikes a step of height h = 75 mm.
Because the edge of the step engages the gear teeth, no slipping
occurs between the gear and the step. Assuming perfectly plastic
impact, determine the angular velocity of the gear immediately
after the impact.
SOLUTION
Kinematics. Just before impact, the contact point with the rack is the instantaneous center of rotation of the
gear.
v1 1= ¨Rw
Just after impact, Point S is the instantaneous center of rotation
v2 2= Rw q ( )perpendicular to GS
Principle of impulse and momentum.
+ Moments about S: mv R h I mv R I2 1 2 2( )- + = +w w
m R R h mk m R R mk
R R h k R k
R
( )( ) ( )
[ ( ) ] ( )
w w w w
w w
w
12
1 22
2
21
2 22
2
- + = +
- + = +
=22 2
2 2 1 2 2 2 11+ -
+= -
+ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
k RhR k
RhR k
w w w (1)
Data: R k v h= = = =150 125 3 751mm mm m/s mm, , ,
w11 3
0 15020= = =
vR
m/s
mrad/s
.
Angular velocity.
From (1), w2 2 21
150 75
150 12520 0 7049 20= -
+È
ÎÍ
˘
˚˙ =( )( )
( )( ) . ( )rad/s w2 14 10= . rad/s �
159
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.103
A uniform slender rod AB of mass m is at rest on a frictionless
horizontal surface when hook C engages a small pin at A.
Knowing that the hook is pulled upward with a constant
velocity v0, determine the impulse exerted on the rod (a) at A,
(b) at B. Assume that the velocity of the hook is unchanged
and that the impact is perfectly plastic.
SOLUTION
At the given instant, vB = 0.
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2
Kinematics. (Rotation about B). w =vL0
v L vG = =2
1
20w
Kinetics.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Moments about B: 02
+ Ú = +L Adt mv L IG w
(a) Ú = + = + =Adtmv mL mv mv mvG
2 12 4 12 3
0 0 0w Ú = ≠Adt
mv0
3 �
Moments about A: 02
+ Ú = -L Bdt mv L IG w
(b) Ú = - = - =Bdtmv mL mv mv mvG
2 12 4 12 6
0 0 0w Ú = ≠Bdt
mv0
6 �
160
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.104
A uniform slender bar of length L and mass m is supported
by a frictionless horizontal table. Initially the bar is spinning
about its mass center G with a constant angular velocity w1.
Suddenly latch D is moved to the right and is struck by end A
of the bar. Assuming that the impact of A and D is perfectly
plastic, determine the angular velocity of the bar and the
velocity of its mass center immediately after the impact.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2
Before impact. ( )v LA 1 1
2= Øw
Impact condition. ( ) ( )v e v eLA A2 1 1
1
2= - = ≠w
Kinematics after impact. v v L eL LA2 2 2 1 22
1
2
1
2= + = +( ) w w w
Principle of impulse-momentum at impact.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Moments about D: I I mv L
I I m eL L L
mL mL
w w
w w w w
w
1 2 2
1 2 1 2
21
02
1
2
1
2 2
1
12
1
12
+ = +
= + +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= 222
21
22
2 1
2 1
1
4
1
4
1
41 3
1
2
1
2
1
41
w w w
w w
w
+ +
= -
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
-
mL e mL
e
v Le L
( )
( 331
811 1e e L) ( )w w= +
For perfectly plastic impact, e = 0 w2 1
1
4= w �
v2 1
1
8= ≠Lw �
161
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.105
Solve Problem 17.104, assuming that the impact of A and D
is perfectly elastic.
PROBLEM 17.104 A uniform slender bar of length L and
mass m is supported by a frictionless horizontal table.
Initially the bar is spinning about its mass center G with a
constant angular velocity w 1. Suddenly latch D is moved
to the right and is struck by end A of the bar. Assuming that
the impact of A and D is perfectly plastic, determine the
angular velocity of the bar and the velocity of its mass center
immediately after the impact.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2
Before impact. ( )v LA 1 1
2= Øw
Impact condition. ( ) ( )v e v eLA A2 1 1
1
2= - = ≠w
Kinematics after impact. v v L eL LA2 2 2 1 22
1
2
1
2= + = +( ) w w w
Principle of impulse-momentum at impact.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Moments about D: I I mv L
I I m eL L L
mL mL
w w
w w w w
w
1 2 2
1 2 1 2
21
02
1
2
1
2 2
1
12
1
12
+ = +
= + +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= 222
21
22
2 1
2 1
1
4
1
4
1
41 3
1
2
1
2
1
41
w w w
w w
w
+ +
= -
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
-
mL e mL
e
v Le L
( )
( 331
811 1e e L) ( )w w= +
162
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.105 (Continued)
For perfectly elastic impact, e = 1
w w w2 1 1
1
41 3
1
2= - = -( ) w2 1
1
2= w �
v L L L2 1 1 1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
4= + -Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
=w w w v2 1
1
4= ≠Lw �
163
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.106
A uniform slender rod of length L is dropped onto rigid supports at A
and B. Since support B is slightly lower than support A, the rod strikes
A with a velocity v1 before it strikes B. Assuming perfectly elastic
impact at both A and B, determine the angular velocity of the rod and
the velocity of its mass center immediately after the rod (a) strikes
support A, (b) strikes support B, (c) again strikes support A.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2
(a) First Impact at A.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Condition of impact: e vA= = ≠1 2 1: ( )v
Kinematics: v L v L vA2 2 12 2
= - = -w w( )
Moments about A: mv L mv L I1 2 22
02
+ = + w
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
m L v L mL2 2
1
121
22w w w2
13=
vL
�
v L vL
v v21
1 12
3 1
2= Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
- = v2 1
1
2= Øv �
( ) ( )v L v v v vB A2 2 1 1 13 2= - = - = Øw
(b) Impact at B.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Condition of impact. e vB= = ≠1 23 1: ( )v
Kinematics: v v L v LB3 2 1
22
2= - = -( ) w w
164
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.106 (Continued)
Moments about B: - + + = -mv L I mv L I2 2 3 32
02
w w
- ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ = -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
-m v L mL vL
m v L L1
2 2
1
12
30 2
2 21
2 11 3w 11
12
23mLÊ
ËÁˆ¯̃
w w313
=vL
�
v v L vL
v3 11
122
3 1
2= - Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
= v3 1
1
2= ≠v �
( ) ( )v L v v v vA B3 3 1 1 13 2= - = - = Øw
(c) Second Impact at A.
Syst. Momenta3 + Syst. Ext. Imp.3Æ4 = Syst. Momenta4
Condition of impact. e vA= = ≠1 4 1: ( )v
Kinematics: v v L v LA4 4 4 1 4
2 2= + = +( ) w w
Moments about A: mv L I mv L I3 3 4 42
02
+ + = +w w
m v L mL vL
m v L L1
2 2
1
12
30
2 2
1
11
2 11 4
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ = +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+w22
24mLÊ
ËÁˆ¯̃
w w4 0= �
v v4 1 0= + v4 1= ≠v �
165
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.107
A uniform slender rod AB is at rest on a frictionless horizontal
table when end A of the rod is struck by a hammer which delivers
an impulse that is perpendicular to the rod. In the subsequent
motion, determine the distance b through which the rod will
move each time it completes a full revolution.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2
Kinetics.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Moments about A: 0 02
+ + +I mv Lw
v ImL
mLmL
L= = =2 2 1
6
112
2w ww
Motion after impact. q w qw
pw
= = =t t 2
b vt L= = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
1
6
2w pw
b L= p3
�
166
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.108
A uniform sphere of radius r rolls down the incline shown without slipping.
It hits a horizontal surface and, after slipping for a while, it starts rolling
again. Assuming that the sphere does not bounce as it hits the horizontal
surface, determine its angular velocity and the velocity of its mass center
after it has resumed rolling.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. Solid sphere. I mr= 2
5
2
Kinematics.
Before After
Before impact (rolling).
v r1 1= w
After slipping has stopped.
v r2 2= w
Kinetics.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Moments about C: I mv r I mv r
I mr I mr
w b w
w w b w w1 1 2 2
12
1 22
2
0+ + = +
+ = +
cos
cos
w b wb
w2
2
2 1
25
2 2
25
2 2 1= ++
=+
+I mr
I mrmr mr
mr mrcos cos
w2 1
1
72 5= +( cos )b w �
v r r2 2 1
2 5
7= = +w b wcos
v2 1
1
72 5= + ¨( cos )b v �
167
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.109
The slender rod AB of length L forms an angle b with the vertical as it strikes the
frictionless surface shown with a vertical velocity v1 and no angular velocity.
Assuming that the impact is perfectly elastic, derive an expression for the angular
velocity of the rod immediately after the impact.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2
Perfectly elastic impact. e v e v evv v v
A y A y
A A x A y A x
= = - = ≠
= + =
1 2 1 1 [( ) ] [( ) ]
( ) ( ) ( )v i j i ++ v1j
Kinetics.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ horizontal components: 0 0 0+ = =mv mvx x
Kinematics. v v vG A G A y A xv v v L= + ≠ = ≠ + Æ + ÈÎÍ/ [ ] [ ] [( ) ] 1
2w b˘
˚̇
Velocity components : v v Ly = -1
2w bsin
Moments about A: mv L mv L I
mv L m L v L
y1
1 1
20
2
2 2 2
sin sin
sin sin sin
b b w
b w b b
+ = - +
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃ ++ 1
12
2mL w
1
12
1
4
2 2 21mL mL mv L+Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
=sin sinb w b w bb
=+12
1 3 2
1sin
sin
vL
�
168
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.110
Solve Problem 17.109, assuming that the impact between rod AB and the
frictionless surface is perfectly plastic.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2
Perfectly plastic impact. e v e vv v v
A y A y
A A x A y A x
= = - =
= + =
0 02 1 [( ) ] ( )
( ) ( ) ( )v i j i
Kinetics.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ horizontal components: 0 0 0+ = =mv mvx x
Kinematics. v v vG A G A y A xv v L= + ≠ = Æ + + ÈÎÍ/ [ ] [( ) ]
2w b˘
˚̇
Velocity components ≠: v Ly = -
2w bsin
Moments about A: mv L mv L I
mv L m L L
y1
1
20
2
2 2 2
1
1
sin sin
sin sin sin
b b w
b w b b
+ = - +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+22
2mL w
1
12
1
4
1
2
2 2 21mL mL mv L+Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
=sin sinb w b w bb
=+6
1 3 2
1sin
sin
vL
�
169
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.111
A uniformly loaded rectangular crate is released from rest in the
position shown. Assuming that the floor is sufficiently rough
to prevent slipping and that the impact at B is perfectly plastic,
determine the smallest value of the ratio a/b for which corner A will remain in contact with the floor.
SOLUTION
We consider the limiting case when the crate is just ready to rotate about B. At that instant the velocities must
be zero and the reaction at corner A must be zero. Use the principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ Moments about B:
I mv b mv ayw1 1 2 1
2 20 0+ - + =( ) ( ) (1)
Note: sin , cosf f=+
=+
b
a b
a
a b2 2 2 2
v AG v a b1 12 2
1
1
2= = +( ) w
Thus: ( ) ( )sinmv mv m a b b
a bmbx1 1
2 21
2 21
2
1
2= = +
+=f w w
Also, ( ) ( )cosmv mv may1 1
1
2= =f w
I m a b= +1
12
2 2( )
From Eq. (1) 1
12
1
2 2
1
2 202 2
1 1 1m a b mb b ma a( ) ( ) ( )+ + - =w w w
1
3
1
602
12
1mb ma vw - = ab
ab
ab
2
22 2 1 414= = = . �
170
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.112
A uniform slender rod AB of length L is falling freely
with a velocity v0 when cord AC suddenly becomes
taut. Assuming that the impact is perfectly plastic,
determine the angular velocity of the rod and the
velocity of its mass center immediately after the cord
becomes taut.
SOLUTION
Immediately after impact
tan .q q= = ∞1
226 565
Due to constraint of inextensible cord,
vA Av= q
Kinematics: v v vG A G A= + /
= vA q w+ ØL2
(1)
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Components q : mv mv mLA0 0
2cos cosq w q+ = +
v L vA + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=1
20cos ( ) cosq w q (2)
+ Moments about A: mv L mv L mL L IA0
20
2 2 2+ = + Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+( cos )q w w
L v L L L vA2
1
4
1
12 2
2 20cosq wÊ
ËÁˆ¯̃
+ +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= (3)
Solving Eqs. (2) and (3) simultaneously (with q = ∞26 565. )
v v L vA = =0 55902 0 750 0. .w
Angular velocity after impact. w = 0 750 0.vL
�
171
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.112 (Continued)
Velocity of mass center. v v vG A G A= + /
vG v= 0 55902 0. q + Ø1
20 75 0( . )v
= ¨ + Ø + Ø0 25 0 5 0 3750 0 0. . .v v v
= ¨ + Ø0 25 0 8750 0. .v v vB v= 0 910 0. 74 1. ∞ �
172
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.113
A uniform slender rod AB of length L is falling freely with a velocity v0
when cord AC suddenly becomes taut. Assuming that the impact is perfectly
plastic, determine the angular velocity of the rod and the velocity of its mass
center immediately after the cord becomes taut.
SOLUTION
Immediately after impact,
tan .q q= = ∞1
226 565
Due to constraint of inextensible cord,
vA Av= q
Kinematics. v v vG A G A= + /
= vA q w+ ÆL2
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Components q : mv mv mLA0 0
2cos sinq w q+ = -
v L vA - ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=1
20sin ( ) cosq w q (2)
173
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.113 (Continued)
+ Moments about A: 0 0
2 2 2+ = - + Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+( sin )mv L mL L IA q w w
- ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=L v L LA2
1
4
1
1202 2sinq w (3)
Solving Eqs. (2) and (3) simultaneously (with q = ∞26 565. ),
v v L vA = =1 05527 0 705880 0. .w
Angular velocity after impact. w = 0 706 0.vL
�
Velocity of mass center. v v vG A G A= + /
vG v= 1 055227 0. q + Æ1
20 70588 0( . )v
= ¨ + Ø + Æ0 47059 0 94118 0 352940 0 0. . .v v v
= ¨ + Ø0 11765 0 941180 0. .v v vG v= 0 949 0. 82 9. ∞ �
174
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.114
A slender rod of length L and mass m is released from rest in the position
shown. It is observed that after the rod strikes the vertical surface it
rebounds to form an angle of 30° with the vertical. (a) Determine the
coefficient of restitution between knob K and the surface. (b) Show that
the same rebound can be expected for any position of knob K.
SOLUTION
For analysis of the downward swing of the rod before impact and for the upward swing after impact use the
principle of conservation of energy.
Before impact.
V
V W L mg L
T
T I mv mL v
1
2
1
2 22
22 2
22
0
2 2
0
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
12
1
2
=
= - = -
=
= + = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+w mm mL1
2
1
62
22
22w wÊ
ËÁˆ¯̃
=
T V T V mL mg L gL1 1 2 2
222
22
23+ = + = = - =: 0
1
6w w; w2 1 73205= .
gL
After impact.
V W L mg L3
2 2= - = -
175
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.114 (Continued)
V W L
T I mv
mL m
4
3 32
32
232
3
230
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
12
1
2
1
2
= - ∞
= +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
cos
w
w w ˆ̂¯̃
=
=
+ = + - = - ∞
2
232
4
3 3 4 42
32
1
6
0
1
6 20
230
mL
T
T V T V mL m L mg L
w
w q: cos
w32 1 30= - ∞( cos )
gL
w3 0 63397= .gL
Analysis of impact.
Let r be the distance BK.
Before impact, ( ) .vk b b gL3 2 1 73205= Æ = Æw
After impact, ( ) .vk b b gL4 3 0 63397= ¨ = ¨w
Coefficient of restitution. evv
k n
k n=
| |
|( |
( )
)
4
3
e = 0 63397
1 73205
.
. e = 0 366. �
(b) Clearly the answer is independent of b.
176
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.115
The uniform rectangular block shown is moving along a
frictionless surface with a velocity v1 when it strikes a
small obstruction at B. Assuming that the impact between
corner A and obstruction B is perfectly plastic, determine
the magnitude of the velocity v1 for which the maximum
angle q through which the block will rotate is 30∞.
SOLUTION
Let m be the mass of the block.
Dimensions: ab
= == =
250 0 25
125 0 125
mm m
mm m
.
.
Moment of inertia about the mass center.
I m a b= +1
12
2 2( )
Let d be one half the diagonal. d a b= + = =1
2
5
160 139752 2 m m.
Kinematics. Before impact v v1 1 1 0= Æ =, w
After impact, the block is rotating about corner at B.
w2 2= w v d2 2= w
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ Moments about B: mv b I mdv
mv b m a b md
m a b
12 2
12 2
22
2
2 22
20
1
2
1
12
1
3
+ = +
= + +
= +
w
w w
w
( )
( )
177
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.115 (Continued)
Angular velocity after impact w21
2 2
3
2=
+v b
a b( ) (1)
The motion after impact is a rotation about corner B.
Position 2 (immediately after impact). v d2 2= w
Position 3 ( ).q = ∞30 b
b
= = = ∞
= + ∞ = ∞ =
- -tan tan . .
sin( ) . sin .
1 1 0 5 26 565
30 0 13975 56 565
ba
h d 00 11663
0 03 3
. m
w = =v
Potential energy: V mgb V mgh2 32
= =
Kinetic energy: T I mv I md
m a b T
2 22
22 2
22
2 222
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
60
= + = +
= + =
w w
w
( )
( )
Principle of conservation of energy:
T V T V
m a b mgb mgh
g h ba b
2 3 3 3
2 222
22
2 2
1
6 20
3 2 3
+ = +
+ + = +
= -+
=
( )
( )
( )
( )
w
w (( . )( . . )
( . ) ( . )
9 81 0 23325 0 125
0 25 0 1252 2
-+
= 40 7794. (rad/s)2 w2 6 3859= . rad/s
Magnitude of initial velocity.
Solving Eq. (1) for v1 v a bb1
2 222
3=
+( )w
v1
2 22 0 25 0 125 6 3859
3 0 125=
+ÈÎ ˘̊( ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . )
( )( . ) v1 2 66= . m/s �
178
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.116
A slender rod of mass m and length L is released from rest in the position
shown and hits edge D. Assuming perfectly plastic impact at D, determine
for b L= 0 6. , (a) the angular velocity of the rod immediately after the impact,
(b) the maximum angle through which the rod will rotate after the impact.
SOLUTION
For analysis of the falling motion before impact use the principle of conservation of energy.
Position 1: T V mg L1 10
4= =,
Position 2: V2 0=
T m L mL
T mL
T V T V
2 2
22
22
22
22
1 1 2 2
1
2 2
1
2
1
12
1
6
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
+ = +
w w
w
: 004
1
6
3
2
222
2+ = =mg L mL gL
w w
Analysis of impact. Kinematics
Before impact, rotation is about Point A. v L2 2
2= w
After impact, rotation is about Point D. v L3 3
10= w
Principle of impulse-momentum.
Syst. Momenta2 + Syst. Ext. Imp.2Æ3 = Syst. Momenta3
+ Moments about D: I mv L I mv Lw w2 2 3 3
10 10- Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃ (1)
1
12 2 10
1
12 10 10
1
12
1
20
22 2
23 3mL m L L mL m L Lw w w w- Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
-ÊËÁ
ˆ̂¯̃
= +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
w w2 3
1
12
1
100
179
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.116 (Continued)
(a) Angular velocity. w w3 2
5
14
5
14
3
2= = g
L w3 0 437= .
gL
�
For analysis of the rotation about Point D after the impact use the principle of conservation of energy.
Position 3. (Just after impact)
v L V
T m L mL mL
3 3 3
3 3
22
32 2
100
1
2 10
1
2
1
12
14
300
= =
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
w w w332
2
214
300
5
14
2
2 112=
Ê
ËÁˆ
¯̃=mL g
LmgL
Position 4. q = maximum rotation angle.
¢ =
= ¢ =
= = =
+ = +
h L
V mgh mgL
v T
T V T V mgL
10
10
0 0 0
11
4
4 4 4
3 3 4 4
sin
sin
, ,
;
q
q
w
220 0
10+ = + mgL
sinq
(b) Maximum rotation angle. sinq = 10
112 q = ∞5 12. �
180
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.117
A 30-g bullet is fired with a horizontal velocity of 350 m/s into the 8-kg wooden
beam AB. The beam is suspended from a collar of negligible mass that can
slide along a horizontal rod. Neglecting friction between the collar and the rod,
determine the maximum angle of rotation of the beam during its subsequent
motion.
SOLUTION
Mass of bullet. ¢ = =m g30 0.03 kg
Mass of beam AB. m = 8 kg
Mass ratio. b b= ¢ = ¢ =mm
m m0 00375.
Since b is so small, the mass of the bullet will be neglected in comparison with that of the beam in determining
the motion after the impact.
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2
Impact kinetics.
Syst. Momenta2 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ linear components: - + = =b bmv mv v v0 2 2 00
Moments about B: 0 02
2+ = -I mv Lw
wb
wb
= =
=
mv LI
m v LmL
vL
2 0
2
0
2
12
2
6
181
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.117 (Continued)
Motion during rising. Position 2. Just after the impact.
V mg L A
T mv I
m v
2
2 22
22
02
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
12
= -
= +
= +
( )
( )
datum at level
w
b mmLv
L
mv
2 02
202
6
2
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
b
b
Position 3. w q q= =0, . m
Syst. Momenta2 + Syst. Ext. Imp.2Æ3 = Syst. Momenta3
V mg L
T mv
m3
3 32
2
1
2
= -
=
cosq
+ linear components: mv mv v v v2 3 3 2 00+ = = = b
Conservation of energy.
T V T V mv mg L m v mg L
vgL
m2 2 3 32
02
02
202
22
1
2 2
31
+ = + - = -
= -
: ( ) cos
cos
b b q
bqq
qb
m
mv
gLcos
( )( . ) ( )
( . )( . )
= -
= -
13
13 0 00375 350
9 81 1 2
202
2 2
= 0 56099. qm = ∞55 9. �
182
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.118
For the beam of Problem 17.117, determine the velocity of the 30-g bullet for
which the maximum angle of rotation of the beam will be 90∞.
PROBLEM 17.117 A 30-g bullet is fired with a horizontal velocity of 350 m/s
into the 8-kg wooden beam AB. The beam is suspended from a collar of negligible
weight that can slide along a horizontal rod. Neglecting friction between the
collar and the rod, determine the maximum angle of rotation of the beam during
its subsequent motion.
SOLUTION
Mass of bullet. ¢ = =m g30 0 03. kg
Mass of beam AB. m = 8 kg
Mass ratio. b b= ¢ = ¢ =mm m m0 00375.
Since b is so small, the mass of the bullet will be neglected in comparison with that of the beam in determining
the motion after the impact.
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2
Impact Kinetics.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ linear components: - + = =b bmv mv v v0 2 2 00
Moments about B: 0 02
2+ = -I mv Lw
wb
wb
= =
=
mv LI
m v LmL
vL
2 0
2
0
2
12
2
6
183
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.118 (Continued)
Motion during rising. Position 2. Just after the impact.
V mg L A
T mv I
m v
2
2 22
22
02
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
= -
= +
= +
datum at level ( )
( )
w
b22
1
12
6
2
2 02
202
mLv
L
mv
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
b
b
Position 3. w q q= =0, . &m
Syst. Momenta2 + Syst. Ext. Imp.2Æ3 = Syst. Momenta3
V mg L
T mv
m3
3 32
2
1
2
= -
=
cosq
+ linear components: mv mv v v v2 3 3 2 00+ = = = b
Conservation of energy.
T V T V mv mg L m v mg L
v gL
m2 2 3 32
02
02
0
22
1
2 2
1
31
+ = + - = -
= -
: ( ) cos
( cos
b b q
b qqm )
( . )( . )( cos )
.
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
- ∞
=
1
39 81 1 2 1 90
1 98091 m/s
v0
1 98091
0 00375= .
. v0 528= m/s �
184
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.119
A uniformly loaded square crate is released from rest with
its corner D directly above A; it rotates about A until its
corner B strikes the floor, and then rotates about B. The floor
is sufficiently rough to prevent slipping and the impact at B
is perfectly plastic. Denoting by w 0 the angular velocity of
the crate immediately before B strikes the floor, determine
(a) the angular velocity of the crate immediately after B strikes
the floor, (b) the fraction of the kinetic energy of the crate lost
during the impact, (c) the angle q through which the crate will
rotate after B strikes the floor.
SOLUTION
Let m be the mass of the crate and c be the length of an edge.
Moment of inertia I m c c mc= + =1
12
1
6
2 2 2( )
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp.1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Kinematics: v r c
v r c
G A
G B
0 0 0
1
22
1
22
= =
= =
/
/
w w
w w
Moments about B: I I r mv
mc mc c m c m
G Bw w
w w w
0
20
2
0
1
60
1
6
1
22
1
22
2
3
+ = +
+ = + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
/
cc2w
(a) Solving for w , w = 1
40w �
Kinetic Energy.
Before impact: T I mv
mc m c
mc
1 02
02
202
0
2
20
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
6
1
2
1
22
1
3
= +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
w w
w22
185
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.119 (Continued)
After impact: T I mv mc m c
mc m
22 2 2 2
2
2 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
6
1
2
1
22
1
3
1
3
= + = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= =
w w w
w cc mc20
22
0
1
4
1
48w wÊ
ËÁˆ¯̃
=
(b) Fraction of energy lost: T T
T1 2
1
13
148
13
11
16
-=
-= -
15
16 �
Conservation of energy during falling. T V T V0 0 1 1+ = + (1)
Conservation of energy during rising. T V T V3 3 2 2+ = + (2)
Conditions: T T T T0 3 2 10 01
16= = =,
V mg c V V mg c V mgh0 1 2 3 3
1
22
1
2= Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
= = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
From Equation (1), T V V mgc1 0 1
1
22 1= - = -( )
From Equation (2), T V V mgh mgc2 3 2 3
1
2= - = -
h ch c3
12
12
32 1
1
16
1
2
1
162 1
--
= = + -( )ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
(c) From geometry, h c3
1
22 45= + ∞sin ( )q
Equating the two expressions for h3,
sin ( )452 1
2
12
116
12
∞ + =+ -( )
q
45 46 503∞ + = ∞q . q = ∞1 50. �
186
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.120
A uniform slender rod AB of length L = 800 mm is placed
with its center equidistant from two supports that are located
at a distance b = 200 mm from each other. End B of the rod is
raised a distance h0 100= mm and released; the rod then rocks
on the supports as shown. Assuming that the impact at each
support is perfectly plastic and that no slipping occurs between
the rod and the supports, determine (a) the height h1 reached
by end A after the first impact, (b) the height h2 reached by
end B after the second impact.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2
Let q be the angle of inclination of the bar and h the elevation of the center of gravity.
Position 0 Position¢
Position 0. V mgh mgbh
L bT0 0
00 0= =
+=
Position¢. ¢ = ¢ ¢ =v b V1
20w
¢ = ¢ + ¢ = ¢ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃ ¢
=
T m v I m b mL1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
12
1
2 22
2 2( ) ( ) ( )w w w
22432 2 2m L b( )( )+ ¢w
Conservation of energy. T V T VmgbhL b
m L b0 00 2 2 20
1
243+ = ¢ + ¢ +
+= + ¢: ( )( )w
( )( )( )
¢ =+ +
=w 2 0
2 2 1 0
24
3
gbhL b L b
C h (1)
where C gbL b L b1 2 2
24
3=
+ +( )( ) (2)
187
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.120 (Continued)
Impact at D.
Syst. Momenta¢ + Syst. Ext. Imp.¢Æ≤ = Syst. Momenta≤
Kinematics. ¢ = ¢ ¢¢ = ¢¢v b v b1
2
1
2w w
Moments about D: mv b I mv b I¢ - ¢ + = ¢¢ + ¢¢2
02
w w
- ¢ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ¢ + = ¢¢ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ¢¢m b b mL m b b mL1
2 2
1
120
1
2 2
1
12
2 2w w w w
¢¢ = -+
¢ = ¢w w wL bL b
C2 2
2 2 2
3
3 (3)
where C L bL b2
2 2
2 2
3
3= -
+ (4)
Position 1 Maximum elevation of end A.
Conservation of energy. T V T V1 1+ = ¢¢ + ¢
Result ( )¢¢ =w 21 1C h
hC
CC
C CC
h C h1
2
1
22 2
1
22
1
11 2
21= ¢¢ =
¢= =( ) ( )w w
Data: L b= = = =800 0 8 200 0 2 mm m, mm m. .
C
C
2
2 2
2 2
22
0 8 3 0 2
0 8 3 0 2
13
190 68421
169
3610 4
= -+
= =
= =
( . ) ( . )
( . ) ( . ).
. 668144
(a) h h1 00 468144 0 468144 100 46 8144= = =. ( . )( . mm) mm h1 46 8= . mm �
(b) h h2 10 468144 0 468144 46 8144 21 916= = =. ( . )( . ) . mm h2 21 9= . mm �
188
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.121
A small plate B is attached to a cord that is wrapped around a uniform 4 kg disk
of radius R = 200 mm. A 1.5 kg collar A is released from rest and falls through
a distance h = 300 mm before hitting plate B. Assuming that the impact is
perfectly plastic and neglecting the weight of the plate, determine immediately
after the impact (a) the velocity of the collar, (b) the angular velocity of the disk.
SOLUTION
The collar A falls a distance h. From the principle of conservation of energy.
v gh1 2=
Impact analysis. Kinematics. Plastic impact. e = 0
Collar A and plate B move together. The cord is inextensible.
v R vR2 22= =w wor
Let m = mass of collar A and M = mass of disk
Moment of inertia of disk: I MR= 1
2
2
Principle of impulse and momentum.
I w1 0=
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2Æ = Syst Momenta. 2
189
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.121 (Continued)
+ Moments about C: mv R I mv R1 2 2= +w (1)
mv R MR vR
mv R
mv Mv mv
v mm M
v
12 2
2
1 2 2
2 1
1
2
1
2
2
2
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+
= +
=+
Data: mMhR
v
=== == =
==
1 5
4
300 0 3
200 0 2
2 9 81 0 3
2 42
1
.
.
.
( . )( . )
.
kg
kg
mm m
mm m
661 m/s
(a) Velocity of A. v v v2 1 1
2 1 5
2 1 5 4
3
7=
+=( )( . )
[( )( . ) ]
v2
3
72 4261 1 03976= =( . ) . m/s v2 1 040= Ø. m/s �
(b) Angular velocity. w2
1 03976
0 25 198= =.
.. 8 rad/s w2 5 20= . rad/s �
190
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.122
Solve Problem 17.121, assuming that the coefficient of restitution between A
and B is 0.8.
PROBLEM 17.121 A small plate B is attached to a cord that is wrapped
around a uniform 4-kg disk of radius 200 mm. A 1.5 kg collar A is released
from rest and falls through a distance h = 300 mm before hitting plate B.
Assuming that the impact is perfectly plastic and neglecting the weight of the
plate, determine immediately after the impact (a) the velocity of the collar,
(b) the angular velocity of the disk.
SOLUTION
mR
I m R
mh
D
D D
A
==
= = = ◊
==
4
0 2
1
2
1
24 0 2 0 08
1 5
300
2 2
kg
m
kg m
kg
mm
2
.
( )( . ) .
.
== 0 3. m
Collar A falls through distance h. Use conservation of energy.
TV W h
T m v
V
T V T V W h m v
v m
A
A A
A A A
AA
1
1
22
2
1 1 2 22
2
0
1
2
0
01
20
2
==
=
=
+ = + + = +
=
:
hhW
ghA
A
=
=
=
= Ø
2
2 9 81 0 3
5 886
2 4261
( )( . )( . )
.
.
m /s
m/s
2 2
v
Impact. Neglect the mass of plate B. Neglect the effect of weight during the duration of the impact.
191
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.122 (Continued)
Kinematics. ¢ =w w ¢ = Ø = ¢ ØvB Rw w0 2.
Conservation of momentum.
+ Moments about D: m v R m v R I m v RA A A A D B B+ = ¢ + ¢ + ¢0 w
( . )( . )( . ) ( . )( . ) ( . )
. .
1 5 2 4261 0 2 1 5 0 75 0 08 0
1 125 0 08
= ¢ + ¢ +
¢ + ¢
v
vA
A
w
ww = 0 72783. (1)
Coefficient of restitution. ¢ - ¢ = -v v e v vB A A B( )
0 2 0 8 2 4261 0. . ( . )¢ - ¢ = -w vA (2)
- ¢ + ¢ =vA 0 2 1 94088. .w
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously
(a) Velocity of A. ¢ = -vA 0 0318. m/s ¢ = ≠vA 0 0318. m/s �
(b) Angular velocity. ¢ =w 9 545. rad/s w¢ = 9 55. rad/s �
192
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.123
A slender rod AB is released from rest in the position shown. It
swings down to a vertical position and strikes a second and identical
rod CD which is resting on a frictionless surface. Assuming that
the coefficient of restitution between the rods is 0.5, determine the
velocity of rod CD immediately after the impact.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2 for each rod.
Rod AB swings to vertical position.
Position 1 Position 2
Position 1. V T1 10 0= =
Position 2. V mg L2
2= -
T mv I
m L mL
mL
2 22
22
2
22
22
222
1
2
1
2
1
2 2
1
2
1
12
1
6
= +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
w w
w
Conservation of energy. T V T V mL mg L1 1 2 2
2220 0
1
6 2+ = + + = -: w
w2
3= gL
v2
2
2
3
3
= Æ
= =
L gL
v L gLB( ) w
193
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.123 (Continued)
Impact condition: ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( )
v v e v
v L e gL
v L e gL
C B B
C
C
3 3 2
3 3
3 3
3
3
- =
- =
= +
w
w
Principle of impulse-momentum at impact.
Syst Momenta. 2 + Syst Ext Imp. . .2 3Æ = Syst Momenta. 3
Moments about B: mv L I mv L I m v LC2 2 3 3 32
02
+ + = + +w w ( )
m L gL
L mL gL
m L L mL m L e g2
3
2
1
12
30
2 2
1
1232
32
3 3
Ê
ËÁˆ
¯̃+ + = Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
+ + +w w w LL L
e gL
v e gL e gL
v
C
C
( )
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+
=
w3
3
3
1
4
3
4
3
1
4
3
43 3
1
4
( )
( ) (11 3+ e gL)
For e = 0 5. ( ) ( . )v gLC 3
1
41 0 5 3= + ( ) .vC gL3 0 650= Æ �
194
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.124
Solve Problem 17.123, assuming that the impact between the rods
is perfectly elastic.
PROBLEM 17.123 A slender rod AB is released from rest in the
position shown. It swings down to a vertical position and strikes
a second and identical rod CD which is resting on a frictionless
surface. Assuming that the coefficient of restitution between the
rods is 0.5, determine the velocity of rod CD immediately after
the impact.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mL= 1
12
2 for each rod.
Rod AB swings to vertical position.
Position 1 Position 2
Position 1 V T1 10 0= =
Position 2 V mg L
T mv I
m L mL
2
2 22
22
2
22
22
2
1
2
1
2
1
2 2
1
2
1
12
= -
= +
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
w w
11
6
222mL w
Conservation of energy. T V T V mL mg L1 1 2 2
2220 0
1
6 2+ = + + = -: w
w2
3= gL
v2
2
2
3
3
= Æ
= =
L gL
v L gLB( ) w
195
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.124 (Continued)
Impact condition: - - =
- =
= +
( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( )
v v e v
v L e gL
v L e gL
C B B
C
C
3 3 2
3 3
3 3
3
3
w
w
Principle of impulse-momentum at impact.
Syst. Momenta2 + Syst. Ext. Imp.2Æ3 = Syst. Momenta3
Moments about B: mv L I mv L I m v LC2 2 3 3 32
02
+ + = + +w w ( )
m L gL
L mL gL
m L L mL m L e g2
3
2
1
12
30
2 2
1
1232
32
3 3
Ê
ËÁˆ
¯̃+ + = Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
+ + +w w w LL L
e gL
v e gL e gL
v
C
C
( )
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+
=
w3
3
3
1
4
3
4
3
1
4
3
43 3
1
4
( )
( ) (11 3+ e gL)
For perfectly elastic impact, e = 1. ( ) ( )v gLC 3
1
41 1 3= + ( ) .vC gL3 0 866= Æ �
196
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.125
The plank CDE has a mass of 15 kg and rests on a small pivot
at D. The 55-kg gymnast A is standing on the plank at C when
the 70-kg gymnast B jumps from a height of 2.5 m and strikes the
plank at E. Assuming perfectly plastic impact and that gymnast A
is standing absolutely straight, determine the height to which
gymnast A will rise.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I m L m LP P= =1
122
1
3
2 2( )
Velocity of jumper at E. ( )v gh1 12= (1)
Principle of impulse-momentum.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2Æ = Syst Momenta. 2
Kinematics: v L v LC D= =w w
Moments about D: m v L m v L m v L I
m L m L m L
mm m m
v
E E E C C
E C P
E
E C P
1
2 2 2
13
1
0
1
3
+ = + +
= + +
=+ +
w
w w w
wLL
v L m vm m mC
E
E C P= =
+ +w 1
13
(2)
Gymnast (flier) rising. hv
gCC=2
2 (3)
Data: m mm mm
h
E B
C A
P
= == ===
70
55
15
2 51
kg
kg
kg
m.
197
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.125 (Continued)
From Equation (1) v1 2 9 81 2 5
7 0036
==
( )( . )( . )
. m/s
From Equation (2) vC =+ +
=
( )( . )
.
70 7 0036
70 55 5
3 7712 m/s
From Equation (3) h2
23 7712
2 9 81= ( . )
( )( . )
= 0 725. m h2 725= mm �
198
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.126
Solve Problem 17.125, assuming that the gymnasts change places so
that gymnast A jumps onto the plank while gymnast B stands at C.
PROBLEM 17.125 The plank CDE has a mass of 15 kg and rests
on a small pivot at D. The 55-kg gymnast A is standing on the plank
at C when the 70-kg gymnast B jumps from a height of 2.5 m and
strikes the plank at E. Assuming perfectly plastic impact and that
gymnast A is standing absolutely straight, determine the height to
which gymnast A will rise.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I m L m LP P= =1
122
1
3
2 2( )
Velocity of jumper at E. ( )v gh1 12= (1)
Principle of impulse-momentum.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2Æ = Syst Momenta. 2
Kinematics: v L v LC D= =w w
Moments about D: m v L m v L m v L I
m L m L m L
mm m m
v
E E E C C
E C P
E
E C P
1
2 2 2
13
1
0
1
3
+ = + +
= + +
=+ +
w
w w w
wLL
v L m vm m mC
E
E C P= =
+ +w 1
13
(2)
Gymnast (flier) rising. hv
gCC=2
2 (3)
199
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.126 (Continued)
Data: m mm mm
h
E A
C B
P
= == ===
55
70
15
2 51
kg
kg
kg
m.
From Equation (1) v1 2 9 81 2 5
7 0036
==
( )( . )( . )
. m/s
From Equation (2) vC =+ +
=
( )( . )
.
55 7 0036
55 70 5
2 9631 m/s
From Equation (3) h2
22 9631
2 9 81= ( . )
( )( . )
= 0 447. m h2 447= mm �
200
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.127
Member ABC has a mass of 2.4 kg and is attached to a pin support
at B. An 800-g sphere D strikes the end of member ABC with
a vertical velocity v1 of 3 m/s. Knowing that L = 750 mm and
that the coefficient of restitution between the sphere and member
ABC is 0.5, determine immediately after the impact (a) the angular
velocity of member ABC, (b) the velocity of the sphere.
SOLUTION
mL
L
m
D
AC
==
=
=
0 800
0 750
0 1875
2 4
.
.
.
.
kg
m
1
4m
kg
Let Point G be the mass center of member ABC.
I m LG AC=
=
= ◊
1
12
1
122 4 0 750
0 1125
2
2( . )( . )
. kg m2
Kinematics after impact. ¢ = ¢w w , ¢ = ¢ ≠vGL4
w , ¢ = ¢ ØvAL4
w
Conservation of momentum.
+ Moments about B: m v L m v L I m v L
m v L m v L I m L
D D D D G AC G
D D D D G AD
20
2 4
4 4 4
+ = ¢ + ¢ + ¢
= ¢ + + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯
w
˜̃È
ÎÍÍ
˘
˚˙˙
¢2
w
( . )( )( . ) ( . )( . ) [ . ( . )( .0 800 3 0 1875 0 800 0 1875 0 1125 2 4 0 1875= ¢ + +vD )) ]
. . .
2
0 45 0 15 0 196875
¢= ¢ + ¢
wwvD (1)
201
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.127 (Continued)
Coefficient of restitution. ¢ - ¢ = ¢ - ¢
= - -
v v v L
e v v
D A D
D A
4w
( )
¢ - ¢ = - -vD 0 1875 0 5 3 0. ( . )( )w (2)
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously.
(a) Angular velocity. ¢ =w 3 ¢ =w 3 00. rad/s �
(b) Velocity of D. ¢ = -vD 0 9375. ¢ = ≠vD 0 938. m/s �
202
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.128
Member ABC has a mass of 2.4 kg and is attached to a pin support
at B. An 800-g sphere D strikes the end of member ABC with
a vertical velocity v1 of 3 m/s. Knowing that L = 750 mm and
that the coefficient of restitution between the sphere and member
ABC is 0.5, determine immediately after the impact (a) the
angular velocity of member ABC, (b) the velocity of the sphere.
SOLUTION
Let M be the mass of member ABC and I its moment of inertia about B.
M I M L= =2 41
122 2. ( )kg
where L = =750 0 75mm m.
Let m be the mass of sphere D. m = =800 0 8g kg.
Impact kinematics and coefficient of restitution.
( sin ) ( ) : ( ) ( sin )v e L v v L v eD n D n1 2 2 1q w w q= - = - (1)
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2Æ = Syst Momenta. 2
+ Moments about E: mv L I m v L
mv L M L m L v e L
D n1 2
12
2 2 1
1
122
sin ( )
sin ( ) [ ( sin ) ]
q w
q w w q
= +
= + -
mv ML mL m v e
m e vL
M m
1 2 2 1
12
1
3
11
3
sin ( sin )
( ) sin
q w w q
q w
= - -
+ = +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
203
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.128 (Continued)
(a) Angular velocity. wq
213 1
3=
++
( )( ) sine mvM m
w2
3 1 5 0 8 3 60
2 4 2 4 0 75
2 5981
= ∞+
=
( )( . )( . )( )sin
( . . )( . )
. w2 2 60= . rad/s �
(b) Velocity of D.
From Eq. (1), ( ) ( . )( . ) ( sin )( . )
.
( ) cos
v
v v
D n
D t
= - ∞==
0 75 2 5981 3 60 0 5
0 64976
61
m/s
00
3 60
1 5
∞= ∞=
cos
. m/s
( ) .vD n = 0 64976 m/s 30∞
( ) .vD t = 1 5 m/s 30∞
vD = +=
=
= ∞= ∞
( . ) ( . )
.
tan.
.
.
0 64976 1 5
1 63468
0 64976
1 5
23 4
30
2 2
m/s
q
qq == ∞53 4. vD = 1 635. m/s 53 4. ∞ �
204
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.129
A slender rod CDE of length L and mass m is attached to a pin
support at its midpoint D. A second and identical rod AB is
rotating about a pin support at A with an angular velocity w1
when its end B strikes end C of rod CDE. Denoting by e the
coefficient of restitution between the rods, determine the angular
velocity of each rod immediately after the impact.
SOLUTION
Rod AB.
Kinematics. w1 1= w
w2 2= w
( )vABL
1 12
= Øw
( )v LAB 2 2
2= Øw
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2Æ = Syst Momenta. 2
+ Moments about A: I m v L F t L I m v L
AB AB ABw w1 1 2 22 2
+ - = +( ) ( ) ( ) ( )D
1
12 2 2
1
12 2 2
1
3
21 1
22 2mL m L L F t L mL m L L
mL
AB ABw w w w+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
- = +( ) ( ) ( )D
221
22
21 2
1
3
1
3
w w
w w
- =
= -
( ) ( )
[ ( ) ]
F t L mL
F t mL
AB
AB
D
D (1)
205
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.129 (Continued)
Rod CE.
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2Æ = Syst Momenta. 2
+ Moments about D: ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
F t L I
F t L mL
CE
CE
D
D
2
2
1
12
2
22
=
=
w
w
Substitute for ( )F tD from (1) 1
3 2
1
12
21 2
22mL L mLAB CE[ ( ) ] ( )w w w- =
w w w1 2 2
1
2- =( ) ( )AB CE (2)
Condition of impact. e =coefficient of restitution.
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
v e v v
L e L L
B C B
CE AB
1 2 2
1 2 22
= -
= -w w w
( ) ( )w w wAB CE e2 2 1
1
2= - (3)
From Eq. (2) w w w w1 2 1 2
1
2
1
2- -È
Î͢˚̇
=( ) ( )CE CEe
w w1 21( ) ( )+ =e CE ( ) ( )wCE e2 1 1= +w �
From Eq. (3) ( ) ( )w w w w w wAB e e e e2 1 1 1 1 1
1
21
1
2
1
2- + - = + - ( ) ( )w AB e2 1
1
21= -w �
206
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.130
The 2.5-kg slender rod AB is released from rest in the position shown
and swings to a vertical position where it strikes the 1.5-kg slender rod
CD. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution between the knob K
attached to rod AB and rod CD is 0.8, determine the maximum angle
qm through which rod CD will rotate after the impact.
SOLUTION
Let b = = =mm
CD
AB
1 5
2 50 6
.
..
kg
kg
Let m mAB= .
Then m mCD = b .
Moments of inertia. I I mL
I mL
AB
CD
= =
=
1
12
1
12
2
2b
Rod AB falls to vertical position.
Position 0. V T0 00 0= =
Position 1. V mg L
v L
T m v I
mL
AB AB
AB AB
AB
1
1 1
1 12
12
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
6
= -
=
= +
=
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
w
w
w 112
207
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.130 (Continued)
Conservation of energy. T V T V mL mgLAB0 0 1 12
120 0
1
6
1
2+ = + + = -: ( )w
( )w ABgL1
2 3= (1)
Impact.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2® == Syst Momenta. 2
Kinematics ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
v L
v L
AB AB
AB AB
1 1
2 2
2
2
=
=
w
w
Moments about B: m v L I b Kdt m v L IAB AB AB AB( ) ( ) ( )1 1 2 22 2
+ - Ú = ( ) ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+w w
1
3
1
3
21
22mL b Kdt mLAB AB( ) ( )w w- Ú = (2)
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2® == Syst Momenta. 2
Kinematics ( ) ( )v LCD CD2 2
2= w
Moments about C: 02
2 2+ Ú = +b Kdt m v L ICD CDb b w( ) ( )
b Kdt mL CDÚ = 1
3
22b w( ) (3)
208
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.130 (Continued)
Add Equations (1) and (2) to eliminate b KdtÚ .
1
3
1
3
1
3
21
22
22
2 2 1
mL mL mLAB AB CD
CD AB AB
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
w w b w
b w w w
= +
+ = (4)
Condition of impact. b b ebCD AB AB( ) ( ) ( )w w w2 2 1- =
( ) ( ) ( )w w wCD AB ABe2 2 1- = (5)
Add Equations (4) and (5) to eliminate ( )w AB 2 .
( )( ) ( )( )
( ) ( )
1 1
1
1
2 1
2 1
+ = +
= ++
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
b w w
wb
w
CD AB
CD AB
e
e (6)
Rod CD rises to maximum height.
Position 2. V mg L
T m v I
mL
CD CD
CD
2
2 22
22
222
2
1
2
1
2
1
6
= -
= +
=
b
b b w
b w
( ) ( )
( )
Position 3. V mg L
T
m3
3
2
0
= -
=
b qcos
209
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.130 (Continued)
Conservation of energy.
T V T V mL mgL mgL
Lg
CD m
m
2 2 3 32
221
6
1
20
1
2
13
+ = + - = -
- =
: b w b b q
q
( ) cos
cos (ww
bw
b
q
CD
AB
m
Lg
e
Lg
e gL
)
( )
cos
22
2
12
2
3
1
1
3
1
1
3
1
= ++
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= ++
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= -- ++
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
1
1
2eb
= - ++
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
11 0 8
1 0 6
2.
. qm = ∞105 4. �
210
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.131
Sphere A of mass m and radius r rolls without slipping with
a velocity v1 on a horizontal surface when it hits squarely an
identical sphere B that is at rest. Denoting by mk the coefficient
of kinetic friction between the spheres and the surface, neglecting
friction between the spheres, and assuming perfectly elastic
impact, determine (a) the linear and angular velocities of each
sphere immediately after the impact, (b) the velocity of each
sphere after it has started rolling uniformly.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mr= 2
5
2
Analysis of impact. Sphere A.
Syst Momenta Syst Ext Imp Syst Momenta. . . . . 1 1 2 2+ =Æ
Kinematics: Rolling without slipping in Position 1.
w Avr
= 1
Moments about G: I Ivr
A
A
w w
w w
1
11
0+ =
= =
+ Linear components: mv Pdt mvA1 - =Ú (1)
Analysis of impact. Sphere B.
Syst Momenta Syst Ext Imp Syst Momenta. . . . . 1 1 2 2+ =Æ
+ Linear components: 0 + Ú =Pdt mvB (2)
211
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.131 (Continued)
Add Equations (1) and (2) to eliminate Ú Pdt.
mv mv mv v v vA B B A1 1= + + =or (3)
Condition of impact. e = 1. v v ev vB A- = =1 1 (4)
Solving Equations (4) and (5) simultaneously,
v v vA B= =0 1,
Moments about G: 0 0 0+ = =I B Bw w
(a) Velocities after impact. vA Avr
= =0 1; w ; vB Bv= Æ =1 0; w �
Motion after Impact. Sphere A.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2® = Syst Momenta. 2
Condition of rolling without slipping: ¢ = ¢v rA Aw
Moments about C: I I mv rA A Aw w+ + ¢ + ¢0
2
50
2
5
2
7
2 1 2
1
mr vr
mr m r r
vr
v
A A
A
A
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃ ¢ + ¢
¢ =
¢
w w
w
( )
== 2
71v
Motion after impact. Sphere B.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2® = Syst Momenta. 2
212
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.131 (Continued)
Condition of rolling without slipping: ¢ = ¢v rB Bw
Moments about C: mv r I mv r
mv r mr m r r
vr
v
B B B
B B
B
+ = ¢ + ¢
+ = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃ ¢ + ¢
¢ =
¢
0
02
5
5
7
12
1
w
w w
w
( )
BB v= 5
71
(b) Final Rolling Velocities. ¢ = Æ ¢ = Æv vA Bv v2
7
5
71 1; �
213
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.132
A small rubber ball of radius r is thrown against a rough floor with a
velocity vA of magnitude υ0 and a backspin w A of magnitude w 0 . It
is observed that the ball bounces from A to B, then from B to A, then
from A to B, etc. Assuming perfectly elastic impact, determine the
required magnitude w 0 of the backspin in terms of υ0 and r.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mr= 2
5
2 Ball is assumed to be a solid sphere.
Impact at A.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2® = Syst Momenta. 2
For the velocity of the ball to be reversed on each impact,
¢ = =¢ = =
v v vA A
A A
0
0w w w
This is consistent with the assumption of perfectly elastic impact.
Moments about C: mv r I I mv rA A A Acos cos60 0 60∞ - + = ¢ - ¢ ∞w w
mv r mr mr mv r
r v
02
02
0 0
0 0
602
50
2
560
2
560
cos cos
cos
∞ - + = - ∞
= ∞
w w
w w005
4=
vr
�
214
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.133
In a game of pool, ball A is rolling without slipping with a velocity v0 as it hits
obliquely ball B, which is at rest. Denoting by r the radius of each ball and by mk
the coefficient of kinetic friction between the balls, and assuming perfectly elastic
impact, determine (a) the linear and angular velocity of each ball immediately
after the impact, (b) the velocity of ball B after it has started rolling uniformly.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mr= 2
5
2
(a) Impact analysis.
Ball A:
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2® = Syst Momenta. 2
Kinematics of rolling: w00=
vr
+ Linear components: mv Pdt m vA x0 cos ( )q - =Ú (1)
+ Linear components: mv m vA y0 0sin ( )q + = (2)
Moments about y axis: I I Aw q w b0 0cos cos+ = (3)
Moments about x axis: - + = -I I Aw q w b0 0sin sin (4)
Ball B:
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2® = Syst Momenta. 2
+ Linear components: 0 + =Ú Pdt m vB x( ) (5)
+
Linear components: 0 0+ = m vB y( ) (6)
215
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.133 (Continued)
Moments about y axis: 0 0+ = I Bw gcos (7)
Moments about x axis: 0 0+ = I Bw gsin (8)
Adding Equations (1) and (5) to eliminate PdtÚ ,
mv m v m vA x B x0 0cos ( ) ( )q + = +
or ( ) ( ) cosv v vB x A x+ = 0 q (9)
Condition of impact. e v v ev vB x A x= - = =1 0 0( ) ( ) cos cosq q (10)
Solving Equations (9) and (10) simultaneously,
( ) , ( ) cosv v vA x B x= =0 0 q
From Equations (2) and (6), ( ) sin , ( )v v vA y B y= =0 0q v vA = ( sin )0 q j �
v vB = ( cos )0 q i �
From Equations (3) and (4) simultaneously,
b q w w= = =, Avr00 w A
vr
= - +0 ( sin cos )q qi j �
From Equations (7) and (8) simultaneously,
wB = 0 w B = 0 �
(b) Subsequent motion of ball B.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2® = Syst Momenta. 2
Kinematics of rolling without slipping. ¢ = ¢v rB Bw
Moments about C: mv r I mv r
mr m r r
vr
vr
B B B
B B
BB
+ = ¢ + ¢
= ¢ + ¢
¢ =¢
=
0
2
5
5
7
5
7
2
1
w
w w
wq
( )
cos
¢ =v vB5
71 cosq ¢ =v iB v5
70( cos )q �
216
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.134
Each of the bars AB and BC is of length L = 400 mm and mass m = 1 kg. Determine the
angular velocity of each bar immediately after the impulse QDt = ◊( . )1 5 N s i is applied at C.
SOLUTION
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Bar BC:
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2® = Syst Momenta. 2
+ Moments about B: 02
1
12 2 2
2
+ = +
= + +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
( )
( )
Q t L I mv L
Q t L mL m L L L
BC BC
BC AB BC
D
D
w
w w w
Q t mL mLAB BCD = +1
2
1
3w w (1)
+ x components: Q t B t mvx BCD D- =
Q t B t m Lx AB BCD D- = +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
w w1
2 (2)
Bar AB:
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2® = Syst Momenta. 2
217
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.134 (Continued)
+ Moments about A: 02
1
12
1
2 2
2
+ = +
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
( )
( )
B t L I mv L
B t L mL m L
x AB AB
x AB AB
D
D
w
w w
B t mLx ABD = 1
3w (3)
Add Eqs. (2) and (3): Q t mL mLAB BCD = +4
3
1
2w w (4)
Subtract Eq. (1) from Eq. (4): 05
6
1
6= +mL mLAB BCw w
w wBC AB= -5 (5)
Substitute for wBC in Eq. (1): Q t mL mL
mL
AB AB
AB
D = + -
= -
1
2
1
35
7
6
w w
w
( )
w ABQ tmL
= - 6
7
D (6)
Substituting into Eq. (5): wBCQ tmL
= - -ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
56
7
D
wBCQ tmL
= 30
7
D (7)
Given data: LQ t
m
= == ◊=
400 0 4
1 5
1
mm m
N s
kg
.
.D
Angular velocity of bar AB. w ABQ tmL
= - = -6
7
6
7
1 5
1 0 4
D ( . )
( )( . ) w AB = 3 21. rad/s �
Angular velocity of bar BC. wBCQ tmL
= =30
7
30 1 5
7 1 0 4
D ( )( . )
( )( )( . ) w BC = 16 07. rad/s �
218
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.135
The motion of the slender 250-mm rod AB is guided by pins at A and B that
slide freely in slots cut in a vertical plate as shown. Knowing that the rod has
a mass of 2 kg and is released from rest when q = 0, determine the reactions
at A and B when q = ∞90 .
SOLUTION
Let Point G be the mass center of rod AB.
mL
I mLG
==
= = ◊
2
0 025
1
120 01046672
kg
m
kg m2
.
.
Kinematics. q
b b
= ∞
= == =
= = = ∞
= =
=
90
0 125
0 25
1
230
20 125
0
AD RAB L
RL
AG L
BG
.
.
sin
.
m
m
m
..125 m
Point E is the instantaneous center of rotation of bar AB.
v L
v Lv L
G
A
B
= =
= ∞ == ∞ =
20 125
30 0 21651
30 0 125
w w
w ww w
.
( cos ) .
( sin ) .
Use principle of conservation of energy to obtain the velocities when q = ∞90 :
Use level A as the datum for potential energy.
Position 1. q = =
= -
= -= -
0 0
2
2 9 81 0 125
2 4525
1
1
T
V mg L
( )( . )( . )
. J
219
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.135 (Continued)
Position 2. q = ∞90
T I mv
V
G G22 2
2 2
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
20 0104667
1
20 125
0 0208583
= +
= +
=
w
w w
w
( . ) ( . )
.
== - +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= - + ∞= -
mg R L2
2 9 81 0 125 0 125 30
4 5764
cos
( )( . )( . . cos )
.
b
J
TT V T V1 1 2 22
2
2 4525 0 0208583 4 5764
101 826
+ = + - = -
=
: 0
rad /s2 2
. . .
.
w
www =
===
10 091
0 21651 10 091
2 1848
0 125 1
.
( . )( . )
.
( . )(
rad/s
m/s
v
v
A
G 00 091
1 2614
. )
.= m/s
More kinematics: For Point A moving in the curved slot,
a i j
i j
i j
A C xA
C x
C x
a vR
a
a
= +
= +
= +
( )
( )( . )
.
( ) .
2
22 1847
0 125
38 1833
For the rod AB, a = =ak v j, B Bv
r i j
i j
r r
A B
G B A B
L L/
/ /
= - ∞ + ∞= - +
=
= -
sin cos
. .
.
30 30
0 125 0 21651
1
2
0 06255 0 108253
0 125 0 21651
2
i j
a a r r
j k i j
+
= + + -= + ¥ - +
.
( . . )
A B A B A B
Baa / /wa
-- - += - - +
( . ) ( . . )
. . .
10 091 0 125 0 21651
0 125 0 21651 12 728
2 i j
j j iaB a a 55 22 0468i j- .
220
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.135 (Continued)
Matching vertical components of aA
38 1833 0 125 22 0468
0 125 60 2301
. . .
. .
= - -= += +
= +
aa
B
B
G B G B
B
aa
a
a a a
a k
/
¥¥ -= + + ¥ - +
-
r
j k i jG B G Br/ /w
a a
2
0 125 60 2324 0 0625 0 108253
1
( . . ) ( . . )
( 00 091 0 0625 0 108253
0 125 60 2301 0 0625 0 1
2. ) ( . . )
. . . .
- += + - -
i j
j j ja a 008253
6 3643 11 0232
0 108253 6 3643 0 0625
a
a a
i
i j
a i
+ -= - + + +
. .
( . . ) ( .G 449 2069. )j
Kinetics: Use rod AB as a free body.
+ S SME EM= ( ) :eff
- = + ¥ - ∞mg L IG G E G2
2 9 81 0 125 30sin ( )( . )( . )sinbk r a ka /
= + +- = +
0.0104667a ( . . )( )
. . .
0 0625 0 108253
1 22625 0 0104667 0
i j am G
a 003125 4 7730
0 0417167 5 999
143 808
21 9
aa
a
+= -
= -
= -
.
. .
.
( .
R
aG
rad/s2
333 40 2189 m/s m/s2 2) ( . )i j+
+ S SF F m a Bx x G x= = - = - =( ) ( ) ( )( . ) .eff : N2 21 932 43 864 B = Æ43 9. N �
+
S SF F m a A mgy y G y= = - = =( ) ( ) ( )( . ) .eff : 2 40 4289 80 4378
A = + =( )( . ) . .2 9 81 80 4378 100 058 A = ≠100 1. N �
Check by considering
+ S SM MG G= eff : SM A BG = - = ◊( . ) . .0 0625 0 108253 1 5052 N m
S( ) ( ) ( . )( . ) .M IG Geff N m= - = = ◊a 0 0104667 143 808 1 5052
221
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.136
A uniform disk of constant thickness and initially at rest is placed
in contact with the belt shown, which moves at a constant speed
n = 25 m/s. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction between
the disk and the belt is 0.15, determine (a) the number of revolutions
executed by the disk before it reaches a constant angular velocity,
(b) the time required for the disk to reach that constant angular velocity.
SOLUTION
Kinetic friction. F Nf k= =m 0 15. N
+ S≠ = ∞ - ∞ - =
∞ - ∞ =
=∞
F N F mgN mg
N mg
y f
k
cos sin
(cos sin )
cos
25 25 0
25 25
25
m
-- ∞==
=
0 15 25
1 18636
0 15 1 18636
0 177954
. sin
.
( . )( . )
.
mgF mg
mgf
Final angular velocity. w2 = vr
Moment of inertia. I mr= 1
2
2
(a) Principle of work and energy.
T W T TW F r mgr
T I mr
f
1 1 2 2 1
1 2
2 22 2
0
0 177954
1
2
1
2
1
2
+ = == =
= = ÊËÁ
ˆ
Æ
Æ
:
.q q
w¯̃̄
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=vr
mv2
21
4
0 0 1779541
4
1 40486
1 40486 25
9 81 0 1
2
2
2
+ =
=
=
.
.
( . )( )
( . )( .
mgr mv
vgr
q
q
220)
= 745 87. radians q = 118 7. rev �
222
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.136 (Continued)
(b) Principle of impulse-momentum.
Syst Momenta. 1 + Syst Ext Imp. . .1 2Æ = Syst Momenta. 2
Moments about A: 0 2+ =F tr If w
t IF r
mr
mgrvg
f
vr
=
=( )( )
=
w2
12
2
0 177954
2 8097
.
.
= ( . )( )
.
2 8097 25
9 81 t = 7 16. s �
223
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.137
Solve Problem 17.136, assuming that the direction of motion of the belt
is reversed.
SOLUTION
While slipping occurs:
+
SF N N mgy k= + - =0 0: cos sinb m b
N mg
k=
+cos sinb m b (1)
For cylinder slipping occurs until w =
= =
vr
M Fr F AF Moment of about .
Work: U M FrNrF
k
1 2Æ = ¥=
q qm q
Kinetic energy: T T I mr vr
mv1 22 2
220
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2= = = Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=: w
Principle of work and energy: T U T
Nr mrk
1 1 2 2
201
4
+ =
+ =
Æ
m q
qm
mb m q
qm
b m
= ◊
= ◊+
= ◊ +
1
4
1
1
4
1
4
2
2
2
mvr N
mvr mg
vrg
k
k
k
kk
cos sin
(cos sinqq ) (2)
Principle of impulse-momentum
224
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.137 (Continued)
+ Moments about A: Ftr I
Ntr mv vrk
=
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
w
m 1
2
2
Substituting for N: mb m ak
k
mg tr mrvcos sin+
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= 1
2
t vgk
k= ◊ +1
2 mb m b(cos sin ) (3)
Data: mbk
vr
== ∞==
0 15
25
25
.
m/s
0.12 m
(a) From Eq. (2), q = ∞ + ∞[ ](
( . )( . )cos ( . )sin
25
4 0 15 0 1225 0 15 25
m/s)
m)(9.81 m/s
2
2
q = 858 05. rad q = 136 6. revolutions �
(b) From Eq. (3), t = ∞ + ∞2525 0 15 25
m/s
2(0.15)(9.81 m/s2 )[cos ( . )sin ] t = 3 24. s �
225
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.138
A uniform slender rod is placed at corner B and is given a slight
clockwise motion. Assuming that the corner is sharp and becomes
slightly embedded in the end of the rod, so that the coefficient of static
friction at B is very large, determine (a) the angle b through which
the rod will have rotated when it loses contact with the corner, (b) the
corresponding velocity of end A.
SOLUTION
Position 1. T
V mgh mgL1
1 1
0
2
=
= =
Position 2. V mgh mgL
T I mL
2 2
2 22 2
22
2
1
2
1
2
1
3
= =
= = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
cos b
w w
Principle of conservation of energy.
T V T VmgL mL mgL
gL
1 1 2 2
222
22
02
1
2
1
3 2
31
+ = +
+ = ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+
= -
w b
w b
cos
( cos ) (1)
Normal acceleration of mass center.
a L gn = = -2
3
212
2w b( cos )
+ S SF F man= + =eff
mg mgcos ( cos )b b= -3
21
(a) Angle b. 5
2
3
20 6cos cos .b b= = b = ∞53 1. �
From (1) w w22
2
31 0 6 1 2 1 09545= - = =g
LgL
gL
( . ) . .
(b) Velocity of end A v tA = w2 vA gL= 1 095. 53 1. ∞ �
226
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.139
A 35-g bullet B is fired with a velocity of 400 m/s into the side of a
3-kg square panel suspended as shown from a pin at A. Knowing that
the panel is initially at rest, determine the components of the reaction at
A after the panel has rotated 90∞.
SOLUTION
Masses and moment of inertia. mm
b
I m b
B
P
G P
=== =
= = =
0 035
3
500
1
6
1
63 0 5 0 122 2
.
( )( . ) .
kg
kg
mm 0.5 m
55 kg m2◊
Note: The mass of the bullet is neglected in comparison with that of the plate after impact.
Analysis of impact: Use principle of impulse and momentum.
Kinematics: After impact the plate rotates about the pin at A.
v bG = =
2
0 5
2w w.
+ Moments about A: m v b I m v b
G G p G02
02
+ = +w
1
2
1
2
1
20 035 400 0 5 0 125
1
23 0 5
02
2
m v b I m bG G P= +
= +È
( )
( . )( )( . ) . ( )( . )
w
ÎÎ͢˚̇
=
= =
w
w 7
0 5
27 2 4749
rad/s
m/svG.
( ) .
227
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.139 (Continued)
Corresponding kinetic energy. T I m v
T
G P G12 2
12 2
1
2
1
2
1
20 125 7
1
23 2 4749
12 25
= +
= +
=
w
( . )( ) ( )( . )
. J
Plate rotates through 45∞.
Position 1: q = ∞0
Use Point A as the datum for potential energy
V m g bP1
2
3 9 810 5
2
10 4051
= -
= -
= -
( )( . ).
. J
Position 2: q = ∞90
V G A
T I m vG P G
2
2 22
22
0
1
2
1
2
1
20 125
=
= +
=
since is at level .
( )
( . )
w
w222
2
21
23
0 5
2
0 25
+ ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
( ).
.
w
w22
Principle of conservation of energy:
T V T V1 1 2 2
22
22
2
12 25 10 4051 0 25 0
7 3796
+ = +
- = +
==
. . .
. )
J J
(rad/s2
w
ww 22 7165. rad/s
Analysis at 90∞ rotation. a = a
Kinematics: ( ).a b
G t = =2
0 5
2a a ( ) .aG t = Ø0 35355a
( )
( . )( . )
a bG n =
=
2
0 5 7 3796
2
2w
( ) .aG n = Æ2 6091 m/s2
228
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.139 (Continued)
Kinematics: Use the free body diagram of the plate.
+ S SM M m g b I m a bA A P G P G t= = +( ) ( )eff :
2 2a
= +ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= +ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
I m bG P1
2
3 9 81 0 5
20 125
1
23 0 5
2
2
a
a( )( . )( . ). ( )( . )
a = 20 810. rad/s2
( ) .aG t = Ø7 3574 m/s2
+ S SF F A m ax x x P G n= = =( ) ( ) ( )( . )eff : 3 2 6091 Ax = Æ7 83. N �
+ S SF F A m g m ay y y P P G y= - = -( ) : ( )eff
Ay - = -( )( . ) ( )( . )3 9 81 3 7 3574 A y = ≠7 35. N �
229
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.140
A square block of mass m is falling with a velocity v1 when it strikes a small obstruction
at B. Assuming that the impact between corner A and the obstruction B is perfectly
plastic, determine immediately after the impact (a) the angular velocity of the block
(b) the velocity of its mass center G.
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mb= 1
6
2
Kinematics. Before impact, block is translating.
v1 1 1 0= Ø =v w
After impact, block is rotating about edge A.
v2 22
= b w 45∞
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst Momenta Syst Ext Imp Syst Momenta. . . . . 1 1 2 2+ =Æ
+ Moments about A. mv b I mv AG
mb m b b
mb
1 2 2
22 2
22
2
1
6 2 2
2
3
= +
= + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
w w
w
( )
(a) Angular velocity. w213
4=
vb
w210 750= .
vb
�
(b) Velocity of the mass center. v b v2 2 12
3
4 2= =w v2 10 530= . v 45∞ �
230
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.141
Solve Problem 17.140, assuming that the impact between corner A and the obstruction
B is perfectly elastic.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia. I mb= 1
6
2
Kinematics. Before impact, block is translating.
v1 1 1 0= Ø =v w
After impact with e = 1: vA v= ≠1
v v v2 = +A G A/
= ≠ + ÈÎÍ
[ ]v b1 2
2w 45∞] (1)
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ Moments about A:
mv b I mv b m b b
I mb Ag b
mv bb
mb mv b m
1 1 1 2
2
12
2 1
2 2 2 2
1
6 2
2
1
2
= - +
= =
= - +
w w
w
( )
bb
mv b b
2
2
3
2
2
12
2
ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
w
w
231
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.141 (Continued)
(a) Angular velocity. w213
2=
vb
w2 1 500= .vb
�
(b) Velocity of the mass center.
From Eq. (1), v v b vb2 11
2
3
2= ≠ + ◊È
ÎÍ[ ] 45∞
˘
˚˙
= ≠ + ∞ ØÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
+ ∞ ÆÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
= ≠ + ØÈÎ
[ ] sin cos
[ ]
v v v
v v
1 1 1
1 1
3
2 245
3
2 245
3
4Í͢˚̇
+ ÆÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
= ≠ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
ÆÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
3
4
1
4
3
41 1v v v
v2 10 791= . v 18.4° �
232
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.142
A 3-kg bar AB is attached by a pin at D to a 4-kg square plate, which can rotate
freely about a vertical axis. Knowing that the angular velocity of the plate is
120 rpm when the bar is vertical, determine (a) the angular velocity of the plate
after the bar has swung into a horizontal position and has come to rest against
pin C, (b) the energy lost during the plastic impact at C.
SOLUTION
Moments of inertia about the vertical centroidal axis.
Square plate. I mL= = = ◊1
12
1
124 0 500 0 0833332 2( )( . ) . kg m2
Bar AB vertical. I = approximately zero
Bar AB horizontal. I mL= = = ◊1
12
1
123 0 500 0 06252 2( )( . ) . kg m2
Position 1. Bar AB is vertical. I1 0 083333= ◊. kg m2
Angular velocity. w p1 120 4= = rpm rad/s
Angular momentum about the vertical axis.
( ) ( . )( ) .H IO 1 1 1 0 083333 4 1 04720= = = ◊w p kg m /s2
Kinetic energy. T I1 1 12 21
2
1
20 083333 4 6 5797= = =w p( . )( ) . J
Position 2. Bar AB is horizontal. I2 0 145833= ◊. kg m2
( ) .H IO 2 2 2 20 145833= =w w
Conservation of angular momentum. ( ) ( ) :H HO O1 2=
1 04720 0 145833 7 18082 2. . .= =w w rad/s
(a) Final angular velocity. w2 68 6= . rpm �
(b) Loss of energy.
T T T I1 2 1 2 22 21
26 5797
1
20 145833 0 71808- = - = -w . ( . )( . )
T T1 2 2 82- = . J �
233
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.143
A 300 40¥ 0 mm-rectangular plate is suspended by pins at A and B. The
pin at B is removed and the plate swings freely about pin A. Determine
(a) the angular velocity of the plate after it has rotated through 90°,
(b) the maximum angular velocity attained by the plate as it swings freely.
SOLUTION
Let m be the mass of the plate.
Dimensions: a b= =0 4 0 3. .m m
Moment of inertia about A I m a bA = +1
3
2 2( )
Position 1. Initial position. w1 0=
Position 2. Plate has rotated about A through 90°.
Position 3. Mass center is directly below pivot A.
Potential energy. Use level A as datum.
V mab V mga V mgd1 2 32 2
= - = - = -
where d a b= + =1
20 252 2 . m
Kinetic energy. T T I T IA A1 2 22
3 320
1
2
1
2= = =w w
234
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.143 (Continued)
(a) 90° rotation. Conservation of energy.
T V T V mgb m a b mga
g a ba b
1 1 2 22 2
22
22
2 2
02
1
2
1
3 2
3
+ = + - = ◊ + +
= -+
=
: ( )
( ) (
w
w 33 9 81 0 4 0 3
0 4 0 311 772
2 2
2)( . )( . . )
( . ) ( . ). ( )
-+ÈÎ ˘̊
= rad/s
w2 3 43= . rad/s �
(b) w is maximum. Conservation of energy.
T V T V mgb m a b mgd
g d ba b
1 1 3 32 2
32
32
2 2
02
1
2
1
3
6 3
+ = + - = ◊ + -
= ++
=
: ( )
( ) (
w
w 99 81 1 5 0 9
0 4 0 323 544
2 2
. )( . . )
( . ) ( . ).
-+ÈÎ ˘̊
= (rad/s)2
w3 4 85= . rad/s �
235
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.144
Disks A and B are made of the same material and are of the same thickness;
they can rotate freely about the vertical shaft. Disk B is at rest when it is
dropped onto disk A, which is rotating with an angular velocity of 500 rpm.
Knowing that disk A has a mass of 10 kg, determine (a) the final angular
velocity of the disks, (b) the change is kinetic energy of the system.
SOLUTION
Disk A: m rA A= = =10 150 0 15kg mm m.
I m rA A A= = = ◊1
2
1
210 0 15
9
80
2 2( )( . ) kg m2
Disk B: rB = =100 0 1mm m.
m m rr
I m r
B AB
A
B B B
=ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
= ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
=
= = ÊË
2 2
2
10100
150
40
9
1
2
1
2
40
9
( ) kg
ÁÁˆ¯̃
= ◊( . )0 11
45
2 kg m2
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
+ Moments about B: I I IA A Bw w w1 2 20 0+ + = +
w w w w2 1 1 1
81
970 83505=
+= =
II I
A
A B.
Initial angular velocity of disk A: w1 500 52 36= =rpm rad/s.
236
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.144 (Continued)
(a) Final angular velocity of system: w2 0 83505 52 36= ( . )( . )
w2 43 723= . rad/s w2 418= rpm �
Initial kinetic energy: T I A1 121
2= w
T121
2
9
8052 36 154 213= Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
= ◊( . ) . N m
Final kinetic energy: T I IA B2 221
2= +( )w
T221
2
9
80
1
4543 723 128 774= +Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
= ◊( . ) . N m
(b) Change in energy: T T2 1 25 439- = - ◊. N m DT = - ◊25 4. N m �
237
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.145
At what height h above its center G should a billiard ball of radius r be
struck horizontally by a cue if the ball is to start rolling without sliding?
SOLUTION
Moment of inertia. I mr= 2
5
2
Principle of impulse and momentum.
Syst. Momenta1 + Syst. Ext. Imp. 1Æ2 = Syst. Momenta2
Kinematics. Rolling without sliding. Point C is the instantaneous center of rotation.
+ Linear components: 0 2+ =P t mvD
= mrw2
Moments about G: 0 2+ =hP t ID w
02
52
22+ = Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
h mr mr( )w w h r= 2
5 �
238
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.146
A large 1.5 kg sphere with a radius r = 100 mm is thrown into a light
basket at the end of a thin, uniform rod weighing 1 kg and length
L = 250 mm as shown. Immediately before the impact the angular
velocity of the rod is 3 rad/s counterclockwise and the velocity of
the sphere is 0.5 m/s down. Assume the sphere sticks in the basket.
Determine after the impact (a) the angular velocity of the bar and
sphere, (b) the components of the reactions at A.
SOLUTION
Let Point G be the mass center of the sphere and Point C be that of the rod AB.
Rod AB: m
I m L
AB
AB AB
=
= =
= ◊
= ¥ ◊-
1
1
12
1
121 0 25
1
192
5 2083 10
2 2
3
kg
kg m
kg
2
( )( . )
. mm2
Sphere: m
I m r
S
G S
=
= = = = ¥ ◊-
1 5
2
5
2
51 5 0 1
3
5006 102 2 3 2
.
( . )( . )
kg
kg m
Impact. Before impact, bar AB is rotating about A with angular velocity w0 0= w ( )w0 3= rad/s and the
sphere is falling with velocity v0 0 0 0 5= Ø =v v( . ).m/s After impact, the rod and the sphere move together,
rotating about A with angular velocity w = w .
Geometry. R L rrL
= + = + =
= = = ∞
2 2 2 20 25 0 1 0 26926
0 1
0 2521 8
( . ) ( . ) .
tan.
..
m
q q
Kinematics: Before impact, v LC = = =
20 125 3 0 3750w ( . )( ) . m/s≠
After impact, v vC GL R= ¢ Ø = ¢2
w w, q
Principle of impulse and momentum. Neglect mass of the rod and sphere over the duration of the impact.
239
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.146 (Continued)
(a) +
Moments about A:
m v L I m v L I m v R I m v LS AB AB C G S G AB AB C0 0
20
2- - + = ¢ + ¢ + ¢ +w w w
or m v L I m v L I m R I m LS AB AB C G S AB AB0 02 2
2
1
4- - = + + +Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃ ¢w w (1)
( . )( . )( . ) ( ) ( )( . )( . )
( .
1 5 0 5 0 251
1923 1 0 375 0 125
3
5001 5
- ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
-
= + ))( . ) ( )( . )0 269261
192
1
41 0 252 2+ + Ê
ËÁˆ¯̃
ÈÎÍ
˘˚̇
0 125 0 13558 0 9219. . .= ¢ ¢ =w w 3 rad/s w¢ = 0 922. rad/s �
Normal accelerations at C and G.
( ) ( ) ( . )( . ) .aC nL= ¢ = = ¨2
0 125 0 92193 0 106242 2w m/s2
( ) ( ) ( . )( . ) .a RG n = ¢ = =w 2 20 26926 0 92193 0 22886 m/s2 21.8°
Tangential accelerations at C and G. a = a
( ) . ( ) .a L a RC t G t= = Ø = =2
0 125 0 26926a a a a 21.8°
(b) Kinetics. Use bar AB and the sphere as a free body.
+ S SM MA A= ( ) :eff
W L W L I L m a I m a R
I m L I m R
AB S AB AB C t G S G t
AB AB G S
2 2
1
4
2 2
+ = + + +
= + + +
a a( ) ( )
ÊÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
+ = + ÊËÁ
ˆ¯̃
a
( )( . )( . ) ( . )( . )( . ) (1 9 81 0 125 1 5 9 81 0 251
192
1
41))( . ) ( . )( . )0 25
3
5001 5 0 269262 2+ +È
Î͢˚̇a
4 905 0 13558. .= a a = 36 1766. rad/s2
240
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2010 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. If you are a student using this Manual, you are using it without permission.
PROBLEM 17.146 (Continued)
( ) ( . )( . ) . , ( ) ( . )( .a aC t G t= = Ø =0 125 36 1766 4 522 0 26926 36 17621 m/s 66 9 7409) .= m/s2 21.8°
+ S SF Fx x= ( ) :eff
A m a m a m aA
x AB C n S G n S G t
x
= - - ∞ + ∞= -
( ) ( ) cos . ( ) sin .
( )( .
21 8 21 8
1 0 106244 1 5 0 22886 21 8 1 5 9 7409 21 8) ( . )( . )cos . ( . )( . )sin .- ∞ + ∞
Ax = 5 2137. N Ax = Æ5 21. N �
+ S SF F A W W m a m a m ay y y AB S AB C t S G t S G n= - - = - - ∞ -( ) : ( ) ( ) cos . ( ) sieff 21 8 nn .21 8∞Ay - - = - -( )( . ) ( . )( . ) ( )( . ) ( . )( . )cos .1 9 81 1 5 9 81 1 4 5221 1 5 9 7409 21 8∞∞ - ∞( . )( . )sin .1 5 0 22886 21 8
Ay = 6 309. N A y = ≠6 31. N �